PageRenderTime 145ms CodeModel.GetById 24ms app.highlight 72ms RepoModel.GetById 1ms app.codeStats 3ms

/tools/nant/NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.xml

http://github.com/philiplaureano/LinFu
XML | 9984 lines | 9982 code | 2 blank | 0 comment | 0 complexity | 996c18b83e8fcfe897def53448d66db5 MD5 | raw file
   1<?xml version="1.0"?>
   2<doc>
   3    <assembly>
   4        <name>NAnt.Contrib.Tasks</name>
   5    </assembly>
   6    <members>
   7        <member name="T:NAnt.Contrib.Functions.FileSetFunctions">
   8            <summary>
   9            Provides methods for interrogating Filesets.
  10            </summary>
  11        </member>
  12        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Functions.FileSetFunctions.GetFileCount(System.String)">
  13            <summary>
  14            Determines the number of files within a <see cref="T:NAnt.Core.Types.FileSet"/>.
  15            </summary>
  16            <param name="fileset">The id of the FileSet to scan.</param>
  17            <returns>The number of files included in the FileSet</returns>
  18            <exception cref="T:System.ArgumentException"><paramref name="fileset"/> is not a valid refid to a defined fileset.</exception>
  19            <example>
  20              <para>
  21              Define a fileset and check the number of files in it.
  22              </para>
  23              <code>
  24                <![CDATA[
  25            <fileset id="test.fileset">
  26                <include name="**/*.cs">
  27            </fileset>
  28            <echo message="FileSet contains ${fileset::get-file-count('test.fileset')} files." />
  29                ]]>
  30              </code>
  31            </example>
  32        </member>
  33        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Functions.FileSetFunctions.HasFiles(System.String)">
  34            <summary>
  35            Determines whether <see cref="T:NAnt.Core.Types.FileSet"/> contains any files.
  36            </summary>
  37            <param name="fileset">The id of the fileset to check.</param>
  38            <returns><see langword="true"/> if the FileSet contains one or more files, otherwise <see langword="false"/>.</returns>
  39            <exception cref="T:System.ArgumentException"><paramref name="fileset"/> is not a valid refid to a defined fileset.</exception>
  40            <example>
  41              <para>
  42              Perform conditional processing on a fileset if it contains files.
  43              </para>
  44              <code>
  45                <![CDATA[
  46            <fileset id="test.fileset">
  47                <include name="**/*.cs">
  48            </fileset>
  49            <if test="${fileset::has-files('test.fileset')}">
  50                <dostuff... />
  51            </if>
  52                ]]>
  53              </code>
  54            </example>
  55        </member>
  56        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Functions.FileSetFunctions.ToString(System.String,System.String)">
  57            <summary>
  58            Returns a delimited string of all the filenames within a <see cref="T:NAnt.Core.Types.FileSet"/> with each filename
  59            separated by the specified delimiter string.
  60            </summary>
  61            <param name="fileset">The id of the fileset to check.</param>
  62            <param name="delimiter">String to separate filenames with.</param>
  63            <returns>A delimited string of the filenames within the specified FileSet.</returns>
  64            <exception cref="T:System.ArgumentException"><paramref name="fileset"/> is not a valid refid to a defined fileset.</exception>
  65            <example>
  66              <para>
  67              Displays a space-pipe-space separated string fo the files within a defined FileSet.
  68              </para>
  69              <code>
  70                <![CDATA[
  71            <fileset id="test.fileset">
  72                <include name="**/*.cs">
  73            </fileset>
  74            <echo message="${fileset::to-string('test.fileset', ' | ')}">
  75                ]]>
  76              </code>
  77            </example>
  78        </member>
  79        <member name="T:NAnt.Contrib.Functions.ServiceFunctions">
  80            <summary>
  81            Allow information on a Windows service to be retrieved.
  82            </summary>
  83        </member>
  84        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Functions.ServiceFunctions.IsInstalled(System.String,System.String)">
  85            <summary>
  86            Returns a value indicating whether the specified service is 
  87            installed on a given machine.
  88            </summary>
  89            <param name="service">The short name that identifies the service to the system.</param>
  90            <param name="machineName">The computer on which the service resides.</param>
  91            <returns>
  92            <see langword="true"/> if the service is installed; otherwise,
  93            <see langword="false"/>.
  94            </returns>
  95            <remarks>
  96            For the machineName parameter, you can use "." or a zero-length
  97            <see cref="T:System.String"/> to represent the local computer.
  98            </remarks>
  99            <example>
 100              <para>
 101              The following example starts the "World Wide Web Publishing"
 102              service if it's installed on the local computer.
 103              </para>
 104              <code>
 105                <![CDATA[
 106            <if test="${service::is-installed('World Wide Web Publishing', '.')}">
 107                <servicecontroller action="Start" service="World Wide Web Publishing" />
 108            </if>
 109                ]]>
 110              </code>
 111            </example>
 112        </member>
 113        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Functions.ServiceFunctions.IsRunning(System.String,System.String)">
 114            <summary>
 115            Returns a value indicating whether the specified service is running.
 116            </summary>
 117            <param name="service">The short name that identifies the service to the system.</param>
 118            <param name="machineName">The computer on which the service resides.</param>
 119            <returns>
 120            <see langword="true"/> if the service is running; otherwise,
 121            <see langword="false"/>.
 122            </returns>
 123            <remarks>
 124            For the machineName parameter, you can use "." or a zero-length
 125            <see cref="T:System.String"/> to represent the local computer.
 126            </remarks>
 127        </member>
 128        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Functions.ServiceFunctions.IsStopped(System.String,System.String)">
 129            <summary>
 130            Returns a value indicating whether the specified service is stopped.
 131            </summary>
 132            <param name="service">The short name that identifies the service to the system.</param>
 133            <param name="machineName">The computer on which the service resides.</param>
 134            <returns>
 135            <see langword="true"/> if the service is stopped; otherwise,
 136            <see langword="false"/>.
 137            </returns>
 138            <remarks>
 139            For the machineName parameter, you can use "." or a zero-length
 140            <see cref="T:System.String"/> to represent the local computer.
 141            </remarks>
 142        </member>
 143        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Functions.ServiceFunctions.IsPaused(System.String,System.String)">
 144            <summary>
 145            Returns a value indicating whether the specified service is paused.
 146            </summary>
 147            <param name="service">The short name that identifies the service to the system.</param>
 148            <param name="machineName">The computer on which the service resides.</param>
 149            <returns>
 150            <see langword="true"/> if the service is paused; otherwise,
 151            <see langword="false"/>.
 152            </returns>
 153            <remarks>
 154            For the machineName parameter, you can use "." or a zero-length
 155            <see cref="T:System.String"/> to represent the local computer.
 156            </remarks>
 157        </member>
 158        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Functions.ServiceFunctions.GetStatus(System.String,System.String)">
 159            <summary>
 160            Gets the status of the specified service.
 161            </summary>
 162            <param name="service">The short name that identifies the service to the system.</param>
 163            <param name="machineName">The computer on which the service resides.</param>
 164            <returns>
 165            One of the <see cref="T:System.ServiceProcess.ServiceControllerStatus"/> values that
 166            indicates whether the service is running, stopped, or paused, or
 167            whether a start, stop, pause, or continue command is pending.
 168            </returns>
 169            <remarks>
 170              <para>
 171              For the machineName parameter, you can use "." or a zero-length
 172              <see cref="T:System.String"/> to represent the local computer.
 173              </para>
 174              <para>
 175              The value returned by <see cref="M:NAnt.Contrib.Functions.ServiceFunctions.GetStatus(System.String,System.String)"/> can be compared 
 176              to either a corresponding enum field name or the underlying
 177              integral value.
 178              </para>
 179            </remarks>
 180            <example>
 181              <para>
 182              Displays a warning if the <b>Alerter</b> service is stopping
 183              on <c>SV-ARD-EAI1</c>.
 184              </para>
 185              <code>
 186                <![CDATA[
 187            <if test="${service::get-status('Alerter', 'SV-ARD-EAI1') == 'StopPending'}">
 188                <echo level="Warning">The Alerter service is stopping.</echo>
 189            </if>
 190                ]]>
 191              </code>
 192            </example>
 193            <example>
 194              <para>
 195              The "deploy-web-application" target is only executed if
 196              IIS is running on the local computer.
 197              </para>
 198              <code>
 199                <![CDATA[
 200            <target name="deploy" depends="deploy-sql-scripts, deploy-web-application" />
 201            
 202            <target name="deploy-sql-scripts">
 203                ...
 204            </target>
 205            
 206            <target name="deploy-web-application" if="$(service::get-status('World Wide Web Publishing', '.') == 4)}">
 207                ...
 208            </target>
 209                ]]>
 210              </code>
 211            </example>
 212        </member>
 213        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Functions.ServiceFunctions.GetDisplayName(System.String,System.String)">
 214            <summary>
 215            Gets the friendly name of the specified service.
 216            </summary>
 217            <param name="service">The short name that identifies the service to the system.</param>
 218            <param name="machineName">The computer on which the service resides.</param>
 219            <returns>
 220            The friendly name of the service, which can be used to identify the service.
 221            </returns>
 222        </member>
 223        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Functions.ServiceFunctions.GetServiceName(System.String,System.String)">
 224            <summary>
 225            Gets the name that identifies the specified service 
 226            </summary>
 227            <param name="service">The short name that identifies the service to the system.</param>
 228            <param name="machineName">The computer on which the service resides.</param>
 229            <returns>
 230            The name that identifies the service.
 231            </returns>
 232        </member>
 233        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.BizTalk.BizTalkBase.Database">
 234            <summary>
 235            The name of the management SQL database.
 236            </summary>
 237        </member>
 238        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.BizTalk.BizTalkBase.Server">
 239            <summary>
 240            The name of the SQL Server where the management database is
 241            located.
 242            </summary>
 243        </member>
 244        <member name="T:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.BizTalk.Deploy">
 245            <summary>
 246            Deploys an assembly to a given BizTalk configuration database.
 247            </summary>
 248            <remarks>
 249            Deployment will fail if the assembly is already deployed.
 250            </remarks>
 251        </member>
 252        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.BizTalk.Deploy.ExecuteTask">
 253            <summary>
 254            Deploys the assembly.
 255            </summary>
 256            <exception cref="T:NAnt.Core.BuildException">
 257              <para>The assembly does not exist.</para>
 258              <para>-or-</para>
 259              <para>The assembly binding information file does not exist.</para>
 260              <para>-or-</para>
 261              <para>The assembly could not be deployed.</para>
 262            </exception>
 263        </member>
 264        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.BizTalk.Deploy.Assembly">
 265            <summary>
 266            The path to the BizTalk assembly to deploy.
 267            </summary>
 268        </member>
 269        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.BizTalk.Deploy.Install">
 270            <summary>
 271            Determines whether to install the assembly in the Global Assembly
 272            Cache. The default is <see langword="false" />.
 273            </summary>
 274        </member>
 275        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.BizTalk.Deploy.BindingFile">
 276            <summary>
 277            The path to an assembly binding information file to import bindings
 278            from.
 279            </summary>
 280        </member>
 281        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.BizTalk.Deploy.LogFile">
 282            <summary>
 283            The path to the HTML log file to generate.
 284            </summary>
 285        </member>
 286        <member name="T:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.BizTalk.Export">
 287            <summary>
 288            Exports bindings for a BizTalk assembly to an assembly binding 
 289            information file.
 290            </summary>
 291        </member>
 292        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.BizTalk.Export.ExecuteTask">
 293            <summary>
 294            Exports the bindings.
 295            </summary>
 296            <exception cref="T:NAnt.Core.BuildException">
 297              <para>The assembly does not exist.</para>
 298              <para>-or-</para>
 299              <para>The bindings could not be exported.</para>
 300            </exception>
 301        </member>
 302        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.BizTalk.Export.Assembly">
 303            <summary>
 304            The path to the BizTalk assembly for which to export bindings.
 305            </summary>
 306        </member>
 307        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.BizTalk.Export.BindingFile">
 308            <summary>
 309            The path to an assembly binding information file in which the 
 310            bindings will be saved.
 311            </summary>
 312        </member>
 313        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.BizTalk.Export.LogFile">
 314            <summary>
 315            The path to the HTML log file to generate.
 316            </summary>
 317        </member>
 318        <member name="T:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.BizTalk.Host">
 319            <summary>
 320            Allows BizTalk (in-process) host instances to be controlled.
 321            </summary>
 322            <example>
 323              <para>
 324              Starts the &quot;BizTalkServerApplication&quot; host instance
 325              on server &quot;SV-ARD-EAI&quot;.
 326              </para>
 327              <code>
 328                <![CDATA[
 329            <btshost action="Start" host="BizTalkServerApplication" server="SV-ARD-EAI" />
 330                ]]>
 331              </code>
 332            </example>
 333            <example>
 334              <para>
 335              Stops all &quot;BizTalkServerApplication&quot; host instances.
 336              </para>
 337              <code>
 338                <![CDATA[
 339            <btshost action="Stop" host="BizTalkServerApplication" />
 340                ]]>
 341              </code>
 342            </example>
 343        </member>
 344        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.BizTalk.Host.HostName">
 345            <summary>
 346            The name of the host on which the perform the action.
 347            </summary>
 348        </member>
 349        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.BizTalk.Host.Server">
 350            <summary>
 351            The name of the BizTalk server on which to perform the action.
 352            If not specified, the action will be performed on all instances.
 353            </summary>
 354        </member>
 355        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.BizTalk.Host.Action">
 356            <summary>
 357            The action that should be performed on the host.
 358            </summary>
 359        </member>
 360        <member name="T:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.BizTalk.Host.HostAction">
 361            <summary>
 362            Defines the actions that can be performed on a host instance.
 363            </summary>
 364        </member>
 365        <member name="F:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.BizTalk.Host.HostAction.Start">
 366            <summary>
 367            Starts the host instance.
 368            </summary>
 369        </member>
 370        <member name="F:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.BizTalk.Host.HostAction.Stop">
 371            <summary>
 372            Stops the host instance.
 373            </summary>
 374        </member>
 375        <member name="F:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.BizTalk.Host.HostAction.Restart">
 376            <summary>
 377            Stops and restarts the host instance.
 378            </summary>
 379        </member>
 380        <member name="T:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.BizTalk.Import">
 381            <summary>
 382            Imports bindings from a given assembly binding information file into
 383            the specified BizTalk configuration database.
 384            </summary>
 385        </member>
 386        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.BizTalk.Import.ExecuteTask">
 387            <summary>
 388            Imports the assembly binding information file.
 389            </summary>
 390            <exception cref="T:NAnt.Core.BuildException">
 391              <para>The assembly binding information file does not exist.</para>
 392              <para>-or-</para>
 393              <para>The assembly binding information file could not be imported.</para>
 394            </exception>
 395        </member>
 396        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.BizTalk.Import.BindingFile">
 397            <summary>
 398            The path to the assembly binding information file containing the
 399            bindings to import.
 400            </summary>
 401        </member>
 402        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.BizTalk.Import.LogFile">
 403            <summary>
 404            The path to the HTML log file to generate.
 405            </summary>
 406        </member>
 407        <member name="T:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.BizTalk.Orchestration">
 408            <summary>
 409            Performs a set of actions on a given orchestration.
 410            </summary>
 411        </member>
 412        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.BizTalk.Orchestration.Server">
 413            <summary>
 414            The name of the BizTalk server on which to perform the action.
 415            </summary>
 416        </member>
 417        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.BizTalk.Orchestration.OrchestrationName">
 418            <summary>
 419            The name of the orchestration to perform an action on.
 420            </summary>
 421        </member>
 422        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.BizTalk.Orchestration.OrchestrationActionBase.Log(NAnt.Core.Level,System.String)">
 423            <summary>
 424            Logs a message with the given priority.
 425            </summary>
 426            <param name="messageLevel">The message priority at which the specified message is to be logged.</param>
 427            <param name="message">The message to be logged.</param>
 428            <remarks>
 429            The actual logging is delegated to the project.
 430            </remarks>
 431        </member>
 432        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.BizTalk.Orchestration.OrchestrationActionBase.Log(NAnt.Core.Level,System.String,System.Object[])">
 433            <summary>
 434            Logs a message with the given priority.
 435            </summary>
 436            <param name="messageLevel">The message priority at which the specified message is to be logged.</param>
 437            <param name="message">The message to log, containing zero or more format items.</param>
 438            <param name="args">An <see cref="T:System.Object"/> array containing zero or more objects to format.</param>
 439            <remarks>
 440            The actual logging is delegated to the project.
 441            </remarks>
 442        </member>
 443        <member name="T:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.BizTalk.Orchestration.StartOrchestrationAction">
 444            <summary>
 445            Starts the orchestration.
 446            </summary>
 447            <remarks>
 448            If the orchestration is not yet enlisted, then this will be done 
 449            first.
 450            </remarks>
 451        </member>
 452        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.BizTalk.Orchestration.StartOrchestrationAction.AutoEnableReceiveLocation">
 453            <summary>
 454            Specifies whether receive locations associated with this 
 455            orchestration should be automatically enabled. The default is
 456            <see langword="false" />.
 457            </summary>
 458        </member>
 459        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.BizTalk.Orchestration.StartOrchestrationAction.AutoResumeOrchestrationInstance">
 460            <summary>
 461            Specifies whether service instances of this orchestration that 
 462            were manually suspended previously should be automatically 
 463            resumed. The default is <see langword="true" />.
 464            </summary>
 465        </member>
 466        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.BizTalk.Orchestration.StartOrchestrationAction.AutoStartSendPorts">
 467            <summary>
 468            Specifies whether send ports and send port groups imported by 
 469            this orchestration should be automatically started. The default
 470            is <see langword="true" />.
 471            </summary>
 472        </member>
 473        <member name="T:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.BizTalk.Orchestration.StopOrchestrationAction">
 474            <summary>
 475            Stops the orchestration.
 476            </summary>
 477            <remarks>
 478            If the status of the orchestration is <see cref="F:NAnt.Contrib.Types.BizTalk.ServiceStatus.Bound"/>,
 479            <see cref="F:NAnt.Contrib.Types.BizTalk.ServiceStatus.Unbound"/> or <see cref="F:NAnt.Contrib.Types.BizTalk.ServiceStatus.Stopped"/>,
 480            then no further processing is done.
 481            </remarks>
 482        </member>
 483        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.BizTalk.Orchestration.StopOrchestrationAction.Invoke(System.Management.ManagementObject)">
 484            <summary>
 485            Stops the orchestration.
 486            </summary>
 487            <param name="orchestration">The orchestration to stop.</param>
 488            <remarks>
 489            If the status of orchestration is <see cref="F:NAnt.Contrib.Types.BizTalk.ServiceStatus.Bound"/>,
 490            <see cref="F:NAnt.Contrib.Types.BizTalk.ServiceStatus.Unbound"/> or <see cref="F:NAnt.Contrib.Types.BizTalk.ServiceStatus.Stopped"/>,
 491            then no further processing is done.
 492            </remarks>
 493        </member>
 494        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.BizTalk.Orchestration.StopOrchestrationAction.AutoDisableReceiveLocation">
 495            <summary>
 496            Specifies whether receive locations associated with this 
 497            orchestration should be automatically disabled. The default
 498            is <see langword="false" />.
 499            </summary>
 500        </member>
 501        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.BizTalk.Orchestration.StopOrchestrationAction.AutoSuspendOrchestrationInstance">
 502            <summary>
 503            Specifies whether instances of this orchestration should be
 504            automatically suspended. The default is <see langword="true" />.
 505            </summary>
 506        </member>
 507        <member name="T:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.BizTalk.Orchestration.EnlistOrchestrationAction">
 508            <summary>
 509            Enlists the orchestration by creating its activation subscription.
 510            </summary>
 511        </member>
 512        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.BizTalk.Orchestration.EnlistOrchestrationAction.Host">
 513            <summary>
 514            Specifies the BizTalk host on which to enlist the orchestration.
 515            </summary>
 516        </member>
 517        <member name="T:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.BizTalk.Orchestration.UnenlistOrchestrationAction">
 518            <summary>
 519            Unenlists the orchestration by removing its activation subscription.
 520            </summary>
 521        </member>
 522        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.BizTalk.Orchestration.UnenlistOrchestrationAction.AutoTerminateOrchestrationInstance">
 523            <summary>
 524            Specifies whether instances of this orchestration type should 
 525            be automatically terminated. The default is <see langword="false" />.
 526            </summary>
 527        </member>
 528        <member name="T:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.BizTalk.Reset">
 529            <summary>
 530            Allows stopping, starting and resetting of BizTalk in-process host 
 531            instances on the specified server.
 532            </summary>
 533        </member>
 534        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.BizTalk.Reset.Server">
 535            <summary>
 536            The name of the BizTalk server on which to perform the action.
 537            </summary>
 538        </member>
 539        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.BizTalk.Reset.Action">
 540            <summary>
 541            Specifies the action(s) to perform on the BizTalk host instances. The
 542            default is <see cref="F:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.BizTalk.Reset.ResetAction.Reset"/>.
 543            </summary>
 544        </member>
 545        <member name="T:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.BizTalk.Reset.ResetAction">
 546            <summary>
 547            Defines the possible actions that can be performed on the BizTalk 
 548            in-process host instances.
 549            </summary>
 550        </member>
 551        <member name="F:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.BizTalk.Reset.ResetAction.Stop">
 552            <summary>
 553            Stops all in-process host instances.
 554            </summary>
 555        </member>
 556        <member name="F:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.BizTalk.Reset.ResetAction.Start">
 557            <summary>
 558            Starts all in-process host instances.
 559            </summary>
 560        </member>
 561        <member name="F:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.BizTalk.Reset.ResetAction.Reset">
 562            <summary>
 563            Stops and restarts all in-process host instances.
 564            </summary>
 565        </member>
 566        <member name="T:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.BizTalk.SendPort">
 567            <summary>
 568            Allows BizTalk send ports to be controlled.
 569            </summary>
 570            <example>
 571              <para>
 572              Starts the &quot;UmeHttpSendPort&quot; port on server 
 573              &quot;SV-ARD-EAI&quot;.
 574              </para>
 575              <code>
 576                <![CDATA[
 577            <btssendport action="Start" port="UmeHttpSendPort" server="SV-ARD-EAI" />
 578                ]]>
 579              </code>
 580            </example>
 581            <example>
 582              <para>
 583              Unenlists the &quot;UmeHttpSendPort&quot; on server &quot;SV-ARD-EAI&quot;.
 584              </para>
 585              <code>
 586                <![CDATA[
 587            <btssendport action="UnEnlist" port="UmeHttpSendPort" server="SV-ARD-EAI" />
 588                ]]>
 589              </code>
 590            </example>
 591        </member>
 592        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.BizTalk.SendPort.PortName">
 593            <summary>
 594            The name of the send port on which the perform the action.
 595            </summary>
 596        </member>
 597        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.BizTalk.SendPort.Server">
 598            <summary>
 599            The name of the BizTalk server on which to perform the action.
 600            </summary>
 601        </member>
 602        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.BizTalk.SendPort.Action">
 603            <summary>
 604            The action that should be performed on the send port.
 605            </summary>
 606        </member>
 607        <member name="T:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.BizTalk.SendPort.SendPortAction">
 608            <summary>
 609            Defines the actions that can be performed on a BizTalk send port.
 610            </summary>
 611        </member>
 612        <member name="F:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.BizTalk.SendPort.SendPortAction.Start">
 613            <summary>
 614            Starts the send port.
 615            </summary>
 616        </member>
 617        <member name="F:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.BizTalk.SendPort.SendPortAction.Stop">
 618            <summary>
 619            Stops the send port.
 620            </summary>
 621        </member>
 622        <member name="F:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.BizTalk.SendPort.SendPortAction.Restart">
 623            <summary>
 624            Stops and restarts the send port.
 625            </summary>
 626        </member>
 627        <member name="F:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.BizTalk.SendPort.SendPortAction.Enlist">
 628            <summary>
 629            Enlists the send port.
 630            </summary>
 631        </member>
 632        <member name="F:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.BizTalk.SendPort.SendPortAction.UnEnlist">
 633            <summary>
 634            Unenlists the send port.
 635            </summary>
 636        </member>
 637        <member name="T:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.BizTalk.Unbind">
 638            <summary>
 639            Removes all bindings for a given assembly from a BizTalk configuration
 640            database.
 641            </summary>
 642        </member>
 643        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.BizTalk.Unbind.ExecuteTask">
 644            <summary>
 645            Removes bindings for the specified assembly.
 646            </summary>
 647            <exception cref="T:NAnt.Core.BuildException">
 648              <para>The assembly does not exist.</para>
 649              <para>-or-</para>
 650              <para>The bindings could not be removed.</para>
 651            </exception>
 652        </member>
 653        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.BizTalk.Unbind.Assembly">
 654            <summary>
 655            The path to the BizTalk assembly for which to remove all bindings.
 656            </summary>
 657        </member>
 658        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.BizTalk.Unbind.Server">
 659            <summary>
 660            The name of the BizTalk server on which to perform the operation.
 661            </summary>
 662        </member>
 663        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.BizTalk.Unbind.ReceivePipeline">
 664            <summary>
 665            The assembly qualified name of the receive pipeline to set when 
 666            unbinding a receive pipeline.
 667            </summary>
 668        </member>
 669        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.BizTalk.Unbind.SendPipeline">
 670            <summary>
 671            The assembly qualified name of the SEND pipeline to set when 
 672            unbinding a send pipeline.
 673            </summary>
 674        </member>
 675        <member name="T:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.BizTalk.Undeploy">
 676            <summary>
 677            Removes a given assembly from a BizTalk configuration database.
 678            </summary>
 679        </member>
 680        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.BizTalk.Undeploy.ExecuteTask">
 681            <summary>
 682            Removes an assembly from a BizTalk configuration database.
 683            </summary>
 684            <exception cref="T:NAnt.Core.BuildException">
 685              <para>The assembly does not exist.</para>
 686              <para>-or-</para>
 687              <para>The assembly could not be remove from the BizTalk configuration database.</para>
 688            </exception>
 689        </member>
 690        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.BizTalk.Undeploy.Assembly">
 691            <summary>
 692            The path to the BizTalk assembly to remove.
 693            </summary>
 694        </member>
 695        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.BizTalk.Undeploy.Uninstall">
 696            <summary>
 697            Determines whether to remove the assembly from the Global Assembly
 698            Cache. The default is <see langword="false" />.
 699            </summary>
 700        </member>
 701        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.BizTalk.Undeploy.LogFile">
 702            <summary>
 703            The path to the HTML log file to generate.
 704            </summary>
 705        </member>
 706        <member name="T:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseBase">
 707            <summary>
 708            Base class for all the ClearCase tasks.
 709            </summary>
 710        </member>
 711        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseBase.#ctor">
 712            <summary>
 713            Base Constructor.
 714            </summary>
 715        </member>
 716        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseBase.ExecuteTask">
 717            <summary>
 718            Execute the perforce command assembled by subclasses.
 719            </summary>
 720        </member>
 721        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseBase.CommandSpecificArguments">
 722            <summary>
 723            Derived classes should override this to provide command-specific
 724            commandline arguments.
 725            </summary>
 726        </member>
 727        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseBase.ProgramArguments">
 728            <summary>
 729            Overrides the base class.
 730            </summary>
 731        </member>
 732        <member name="T:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseCatCs">
 733            <summary>
 734            Displays a ClearCase config spec.
 735            </summary>
 736        </member>
 737        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseCatCs.ViewTag">
 738            <summary>
 739            The view tag identifying the ClearCase view that will have its 
 740            config spec displayed.
 741            </summary>
 742        </member>
 743        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseCatCs.CommandSpecificArguments">
 744            <summary>
 745            This is an override used by the base class to get command specific args.
 746            </summary>
 747        </member>
 748        <member name="T:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseCheckIn">
 749            <summary>
 750            Checks files into a ClearCase VOB.
 751            <seealso cref="T:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseCheckOut"/>
 752            <seealso cref="T:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseUnCheckOut"/>
 753            </summary>
 754            <remarks>
 755            <para>
 756            This task uses the <c>cleartool checkin</c> command to check in ClearCase elements.
 757            </para>
 758            </remarks>
 759            <example>
 760              <para>
 761              Performs a ClearCase checkin on the file <c>c:/views/viewdir/afile</c>. 
 762              All warning messages are suppressed, and the element is checked in even if identical to the original.
 763              Comment text from the file <c>acomment.txt</c> is added to ClearCase as a comment. All warning messages are suppressed. The file is checked in even if it is identical to the original.
 764              </para>
 765              <code>
 766                <![CDATA[
 767            <cccheckin viewpath="c:/views/viewdir/afile"
 768                    commentfile="acomment.txt"
 769                    nowarn="true"
 770                    identical="true"/>
 771                ]]>
 772              </code>
 773            </example>
 774        </member>
 775        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseCheckIn.ViewPath">
 776            <summary>
 777            Path to the ClearCase view file or directory that the command will
 778            operate on.
 779            </summary>
 780        </member>
 781        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseCheckIn.Comment">
 782            <summary>
 783            Specify a comment. Only one of <see cref="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseCheckIn.Comment"/> or 
 784            <see cref="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseCheckIn.CommentFile"/> may be used.
 785            </summary>
 786        </member>
 787        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseCheckIn.CommentFile">
 788            <summary>
 789            Specify a file containing a comment. Only one of <see cref="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseCheckIn.Comment"/>
 790            or <see cref="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseCheckIn.CommentFile"/> may be used.
 791            </summary>
 792        </member>
 793        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseCheckIn.NoWarn">
 794            <summary>
 795            <see langword="true" /> if warning messages should be suppressed.
 796            The default is <see langword="false" />.
 797            </summary>
 798        </member>
 799        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseCheckIn.PreserveTime">
 800            <summary>
 801            If <see langword="true" />, the modification time will be preserved.
 802            Default is <see langword="false" />.
 803            </summary>
 804        </member>
 805        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseCheckIn.KeepCopy">
 806            <summary>
 807            <see langword="true" /> to keep a view-private copy of the file with
 808            a .keep extension. Default is <see langword="true" />.
 809            </summary>
 810        </member>
 811        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseCheckIn.Identical">
 812            <summary>
 813            If <see langword="true" />, files may be checked in even if identical
 814            to the original.  Default is <see langword="false" />.
 815            </summary>
 816        </member>
 817        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseCheckIn.CommandSpecificArguments">
 818            <summary>
 819            This is an override used by the base class to get command specific args.
 820            </summary>
 821        </member>
 822        <member name="T:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseCheckOut">
 823            <summary>
 824            Checks files out of a ClearCase VOB.
 825            <seealso cref="T:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseCheckIn"/>
 826            <seealso cref="T:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseUnCheckOut"/>
 827            </summary>
 828            <remarks>
 829            <para>
 830            This task uses the <c>cleartool checkout</c> command to check out ClearCase elements.
 831            </para>
 832            </remarks>
 833            <example>
 834              <para>
 835              Performs a ClearCase checkout on the file <c>c:/views/viewdir/afile</c>. 
 836              It is checked out as reserved on branch called <c>abranch</c>. 
 837              All warning messages are suppressed. 
 838              <c>Some comment text</c> is added to ClearCase as a comment.
 839              </para>
 840              <code>
 841                <![CDATA[
 842            <cccheckout viewpath="c:/views/viewdir/afile"
 843                    reserved="true"
 844                    branch="abranch"
 845                    nowarn="true"
 846                    comment="Some comment text"/>
 847                ]]>
 848              </code>
 849            </example>
 850        </member>
 851        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseCheckOut.ViewPath">
 852            <summary>
 853            Path to the ClearCase view file or directory that the command will
 854            operate on.
 855            </summary>
 856        </member>
 857        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseCheckOut.Reserved">
 858            <summary>
 859            <see langword="true" /> to check the element out as reserved.
 860            Default is <see langword="true" />.
 861            </summary>
 862        </member>
 863        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseCheckOut.OutFile">
 864            <summary>
 865            Creates a writable file under a different filename.
 866            </summary>
 867        </member>
 868        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseCheckOut.NoData">
 869            <summary>
 870            If <see langword="true" />, checks out the file but does not create
 871            an editable file containing its data. Default is <see langword="false" />.
 872            </summary>
 873        </member>
 874        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseCheckOut.Branch">
 875            <summary>
 876            Specify a branch to check out the file to.
 877            </summary>
 878        </member>
 879        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseCheckOut.Version">
 880            <summary>
 881            If <see langword="true" />, checkouts of elements with a version
 882            other than main latest will be allowed. Default is <see langword="false" />.
 883            </summary>
 884        </member>
 885        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseCheckOut.NoWarn">
 886            <summary>
 887            <see langword="true" /> if warning messages should be suppressed.
 888            The default is <see langword="false" />.
 889            </summary>
 890        </member>
 891        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseCheckOut.Comment">
 892            <summary>
 893            Specify a comment. Only one of <see cref="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseCheckOut.Comment"/> or 
 894            <see cref="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseCheckOut.CommentFile"/> may be used.
 895            </summary>
 896        </member>
 897        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseCheckOut.CommentFile">
 898            <summary>
 899            Specify a file containing a comment. Only one of <see cref="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseCheckOut.Comment"/>
 900            or <see cref="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseCheckOut.CommentFile"/> may be used.
 901            </summary>
 902        </member>
 903        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseCheckOut.PreserveTime">
 904            <summary>
 905            If <see langword="true" />, the modification time will be preserved.
 906            Default is <see langword="false" />.
 907            </summary>
 908        </member>
 909        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseCheckOut.CommandSpecificArguments">
 910            <summary>
 911            This is an override used by the base class to get command specific args.
 912            </summary>
 913        </member>
 914        <member name="T:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseLock">
 915            <summary>
 916            Locks ClearCase elements.
 917            <seealso cref="T:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseUnLock"/>
 918            </summary>
 919            <remarks>
 920            <para>
 921            This task uses the <c>cleartool lock</c> command to lock ClearCase elements.
 922            </para>
 923            </remarks>
 924            <example>
 925              <para>
 926              Performs a ClearCase lock on the object <c>stream:Application_Integration@\MyProject_PVOB</c>.
 927              </para>
 928              <code>
 929                <![CDATA[
 930            <cclock objsel="stream:Application_Integration@\MyProject_PVOB" />
 931                ]]>
 932              </code>
 933            </example>
 934        </member>
 935        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseLock.Replace">
 936            <summary>
 937            If <see langword="true" /> an existing lock can be replaced.
 938            Default is <see langword="false" />.
 939            </summary>
 940        </member>
 941        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseLock.Nusers">
 942            <summary>
 943            Specifies user(s) who can still modify the object.
 944            Only one of <see cref="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseLock.Nusers"/> or <see cref="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseLock.Obsolete"/> may be
 945            used.
 946            </summary>
 947        </member>
 948        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseLock.Obsolete">
 949            <summary>
 950            If <see langword="true"/> the object will be marked obsolete.
 951            Only one of <see cref="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseLock.Nusers"/> or <see cref="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseLock.Obsolete"/> may 
 952            be used. Default is <see langword="false"/>.
 953            </summary>
 954        </member>
 955        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseLock.Comment">
 956            <summary>
 957            Specify a comment. Only one of <see cref="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseLock.Comment"/> or 
 958            <see cref="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseLock.CommentFile"/> may be used.
 959            </summary>
 960        </member>
 961        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseLock.CommentFile">
 962            <summary>
 963            Specify a file containing a comment. Only one of <see cref="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseLock.Comment"/>
 964            or <see cref="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseLock.CommentFile"/> may be used.
 965            </summary>
 966        </member>
 967        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseLock.Pname">
 968            <summary>
 969            Specifies the object pathname to be locked.
 970            </summary>
 971        </member>
 972        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseLock.ObjSel">
 973            <summary>
 974            Specifies the object(s) to be locked.
 975            </summary>
 976        </member>
 977        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseLock.CommandSpecificArguments">
 978            <summary>
 979            This is an override used by the base class to get command specific args.
 980            </summary>
 981        </member>
 982        <member name="T:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseMkElem">
 983            <summary>
 984            Creates elements in a ClearCase VOB.
 985            </summary>
 986            <remarks>
 987            <para>
 988            This task uses the <c>cleartool mkelem</c> command to create ClearCase elements.
 989            </para>
 990            </remarks>
 991            <example>
 992              <para>
 993              Performs a ClearCase mkelem on the file <c>c:/views/viewdir/afile</c> with element type <c>text_file</c>. 
 994              It checks in the file after creation and adds <c>Some comment text</c> as a comment.
 995              </para>
 996              <code>
 997                <![CDATA[
 998            <ccmkelem viewpath="c:/views/viewdir/afile"
 999                    eltype="text_file"
1000                    checkin="true"
1001                    comment="Some comment text"/>
1002                ]]>
1003              </code>
1004            </example>
1005        </member>
1006        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseMkElem.ViewPath">
1007            <summary>
1008            Path to the ClearCase view file or directory that the command will
1009            operate on.
1010            </summary>
1011        </member>
1012        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseMkElem.Comment">
1013            <summary>
1014            Specify a comment. Only one of <see cref="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseMkElem.Comment"/> or 
1015            <see cref="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseMkElem.CommentFile"/> may be used.
1016            </summary>
1017        </member>
1018        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseMkElem.CommentFile">
1019            <summary>
1020            Specify a file containing a comment. Only one of <see cref="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseMkElem.Comment"/>
1021            or <see cref="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseMkElem.CommentFile"/> may be used.
1022            </summary>
1023        </member>
1024        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseMkElem.NoWarn">
1025            <summary>
1026            If <see langword="true" />, warning will be suppressed.
1027            The default is <see langword="false" />.
1028            </summary>
1029        </member>
1030        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseMkElem.NoCheckout">
1031            <summary>
1032            Perform a checkout after element creation.
1033            Default is <see langword="false" />.
1034            </summary>
1035        </member>
1036        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseMkElem.Checkin">
1037            <summary>
1038            Checkin element after creation.
1039            Default is <see langword="false" />.
1040            </summary>
1041        </member>
1042        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseMkElem.PreserveTime">
1043            <summary>
1044            If <see langword="true" />, the modification time will be preserved.
1045            Default is <see langword="false" />.
1046            </summary>
1047        </member>
1048        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseMkElem.Master">
1049            <summary>
1050            Assign mastership of the main branch to the current site.
1051            Default is <see langword="false" />.
1052            </summary>
1053        </member>
1054        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseMkElem.ElType">
1055            <summary>
1056            Element type to use during element creation.
1057            </summary>
1058        </member>
1059        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseMkElem.MkPath">
1060            <summary>
1061            Create elements from the view-private parent directories.
1062            Default is <see langword="false" />.
1063            </summary>
1064        </member>
1065        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseMkElem.CommandSpecificArguments">
1066            <summary>
1067            This is an override used by the base class to get command specific args.
1068            </summary>
1069        </member>
1070        <member name="T:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseMkLabel">
1071            <summary>
1072            Applies a ClearCase label.
1073            <seealso cref="T:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseMkLbType"/>
1074            </summary>
1075            <remarks>
1076            <para>
1077            This task uses the <c>cleartool mklabel</c> command to apply a ClearCase label to specified elements.
1078            </para>
1079            </remarks>
1080            <example>
1081              <para>
1082              Performs a ClearCase mklabel on the file <c>c:/views/viewdir/afile</c> under 
1083              the <c>main</c> branch for <c>version 2</c> (<c>\main\2</c>).  All matching
1084              elements will be applied with label <c>VERSION_1</c>.
1085              <c>Some comment text</c> is added as a comment.  Subdirectories will be recursed.
1086              </para>
1087              <code>
1088                <![CDATA[
1089            <ccmklabel viewpath="c:/views/viewdir/afile"
1090                    comment="Some comment text"
1091                    recurse="true"
1092                    version="\main\2"
1093                    typename="VERSION_1"/>
1094                ]]>
1095              </code>
1096            </example>
1097        </member>
1098        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseMkLabel.Typename">
1099            <summary>
1100            Name of the label type
1101            </summary>
1102        </member>
1103        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseMkLabel.ViewPath">
1104            <summary>
1105            Path to the ClearCase view file or directory that the command will
1106            operate on.
1107            </summary>
1108        </member>
1109        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseMkLabel.Replace">
1110            <summary>
1111            If <see langword="true" />, allow the replacement of a 
1112            label of the same type on the same branch.
1113            The default is <see langword="false" />.
1114            </summary>
1115        </member>
1116        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseMkLabel.Recurse">
1117            <summary>
1118            If <see langword="true" />, process each subdirectory recursively under the viewpath.
1119            Default is <see langword="false" />.
1120            </summary>
1121        </member>
1122        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseMkLabel.Version">
1123            <summary>
1124            Identify a specific version to attach the label to.
1125            </summary>
1126        </member>
1127        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseMkLabel.Vob">
1128            <summary>
1129            Path to the ClearCase view file or directory that the command will operate on.
1130            </summary>
1131        </member>
1132        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseMkLabel.Comment">
1133            <summary>
1134            Specify a comment. Only one of <see cref="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseMkLabel.Comment"/> or 
1135            <see cref="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseMkLabel.CommentFile"/> may be used.
1136            </summary>
1137        </member>
1138        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseMkLabel.CommentFile">
1139            <summary>
1140            Specify a file containing a comment. Only one of <see cref="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseMkLabel.Comment"/>
1141            or <see cref="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseMkLabel.CommentFile"/> may be used.
1142            </summary>
1143        </member>
1144        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseMkLabel.Follow">
1145            <summary>
1146            For any VOB symbolic links encountered, labels the corresponding target.
1147            </summary>
1148        </member>
1149        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseMkLabel.CommandSpecificArguments">
1150            <summary>
1151            This is an override used by the base class to get command specific args.
1152            </summary>
1153        </member>
1154        <member name="T:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseMkLbType">
1155            <summary>
1156            Creates a label object in a ClearCase VOB.
1157            <seealso cref="T:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseMkLabel"/>
1158            </summary>
1159            <remarks>
1160            <para>
1161            This task uses the <c>cleartool mklabeltype</c> command to create a ClearCase label object.
1162            </para>
1163            </remarks>
1164            <example>
1165              <para>
1166              Performs a ClearCase mklbtype to create a label type named <c>VERSION_1</c>. 
1167              It is created as <c>ordinary</c> so it is available only to the current VOB. 
1168              The text <c>Development version 1</c> is added as a comment.
1169              </para>
1170              <code>
1171                <![CDATA[
1172            <ccmklbtype typename="VERSION_1"
1173                    ordinary="true"
1174                    comment="Development version 1"/>
1175                ]]>
1176              </code>
1177            </example>
1178        </member>
1179        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseMkLbType.Typename">
1180            <summary>
1181            Name of the label type to create.
1182            </summary>
1183        </member>
1184        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseMkLbType.Vob">
1185            <summary>
1186            Name of the VOB.  Must be a valid path to somewhere on a VOB.
1187            </summary>
1188        </member>
1189        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseMkLbType.Replace">
1190            <summary>
1191            If <see langword="true" />, allow an existing label definition to be replaced.
1192            The default is <see langword="false" />.
1193            </summary>
1194        </member>
1195        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseMkLbType.Global">
1196            <summary>
1197            Creates a label type that is global to the VOB or to VOB's that use this VOB.
1198            Either global or ordinary can be specified, not both. 
1199            The default is <see langword="false" />.
1200            </summary>
1201        </member>
1202        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseMkLbType.Ordinary">
1203            <summary>
1204            Creates a label type that can be used only in the current VOB.
1205            Either global or ordinary can be specified, not both. 
1206            Although <see langword="false" /> by default, if global is also <see langword="false" /> or not specified ordinary is the default behaviour.
1207            </summary>
1208        </member>
1209        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseMkLbType.PBranch">
1210            <summary>
1211            If <see langword="true" /> the label type is allowed to be used once per branch in a given element's version tree.
1212            The default is <see langword="false" />.
1213            </summary>
1214        </member>
1215        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseMkLbType.Shared">
1216            <summary>
1217            Sets the way mastership is checked by ClearCase. See ClearCase documentation for details.
1218            The default is <see langword="false" />.
1219            </summary>
1220        </member>
1221        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseMkLbType.Comment">
1222            <summary>
1223            Specify a comment. Only one of <see cref="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseMkLbType.Comment"/> or 
1224            <see cref="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseMkLbType.CommentFile"/> may be used.
1225            </summary>
1226        </member>
1227        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseMkLbType.CommentFile">
1228            <summary>
1229            Specify a file containing a comment. Only one of <see cref="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseMkLbType.Comment"/>
1230            or <see cref="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseMkLbType.CommentFile"/> may be used.
1231            </summary>
1232        </member>
1233        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseMkLbType.CommandSpecificArguments">
1234            <summary>
1235            This is an override used by the base class to get command specific args.
1236            </summary>
1237        </member>
1238        <member name="T:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseRmType">
1239            <summary>
1240            Removes elements from a ClearCase VOB.
1241            </summary>
1242            <remarks>
1243            <para>
1244            This task uses the <c>cleartool rmtype</c> command to remove a ClearCase object.
1245            </para>
1246            </remarks>
1247            <example>
1248              <para>
1249              Performs a ClearCase rmtype to remove a <see cref="F:NAnt.Contrib.Types.ClearCase.TypeKind.Label"/>
1250              type named <c>VERSION_1</c>. 
1251              Comment text from the file <c>acomment.txt</c> is added as a comment. 
1252              All instances of the type are removed, including the type object itself.
1253              </para>
1254              <code>
1255                <![CDATA[
1256            <ccrmtype typekind="Label"
1257                    typename="VERSION_1"
1258                    commentfile="acomment.txt"
1259                    removeall="true" />
1260                ]]>
1261              </code>
1262            </example>
1263        </member>
1264        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseRmType.TypeKind">
1265            <summary>
1266            The kind of type to remove.
1267            </summary>
1268        </member>
1269        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseRmType.TypeName">
1270            <summary>
1271            The name of the object to remove.
1272            </summary>
1273        </member>
1274        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseRmType.Ignore">
1275            <summary>
1276            Used with <see cref="F:NAnt.Contrib.Types.ClearCase.TypeKind.Trigger"/> types only. 
1277            Forces removal of <see cref="F:NAnt.Contrib.Types.ClearCase.TypeKind.Trigger"/> type even if a 
1278            pre-operation trigger would prevent its removal.
1279            The default is <see langword="false"/>.
1280            </summary>
1281        </member>
1282        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseRmType.RemoveAll">
1283            <summary>
1284            Removes all instances of a type and the type object itself.
1285            The default is <see langword="false" />.
1286            </summary>
1287        </member>
1288        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseRmType.Comment">
1289            <summary>
1290            Specify a comment. Only one of <see cref="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseRmType.Comment"/> or 
1291            <see cref="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseRmType.CommentFile"/> may be used.
1292            </summary>
1293        </member>
1294        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseRmType.CommentFile">
1295            <summary>
1296            Specify a file containing a comment. Only one of <see cref="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseRmType.Comment"/>
1297            or <see cref="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseRmType.CommentFile"/> may be used.
1298            </summary>
1299        </member>
1300        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseRmType.CommandSpecificArguments">
1301            <summary>
1302            This is an override used by the base class to get command specific args.
1303            </summary>
1304        </member>
1305        <member name="T:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseUnCheckOut">
1306            <summary>
1307            Uncheckout ClearCase elements.
1308            <seealso cref="T:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseCheckIn"/>
1309            <seealso cref="T:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseCheckOut"/>
1310            </summary>
1311            <remarks>
1312            <para>
1313            This task uses the <c>cleartool unco</c> command to remove a ClearCase object.
1314            </para>
1315            </remarks>
1316            <example>
1317              <para>
1318              Does a ClearCase uncheckout on the file <c>c:/views/viewdir/afile</c>. 
1319              A copy of the file called <c>c:/views/viewdir/afile.keep</c> is kept.
1320              </para>
1321              <code>
1322                <![CDATA[
1323            <ccuncheckout viewpath="c:/views/viewdir/afile"
1324                    keepcopy="true"/>
1325                ]]>
1326              </code>
1327            </example>
1328        </member>
1329        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseUnCheckOut.ViewPath">
1330            <summary>
1331            Path to the ClearCase view file or directory that the command will
1332            operate on.
1333            </summary>
1334        </member>
1335        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseUnCheckOut.KeepCopy">
1336            <summary>
1337            If <see langword="true" />, a view-private copy of the file with a
1338            .keep extension will be kept. Default is <see langword="true" />.
1339            </summary>
1340        </member>
1341        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseUnCheckOut.CommandSpecificArguments">
1342            <summary>
1343            This is an override used by the base class to get command specific args.
1344            </summary>
1345        </member>
1346        <member name="T:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseUnLock">
1347            <summary>
1348            Unlocks ClearCase elements.
1349            <seealso cref="T:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseLock"/>
1350            </summary>
1351            <remarks>
1352            <para>
1353            This task uses the <c>cleartool unlock</c> command to unlock a ClearCase object.
1354            </para>
1355            </remarks>
1356            <example>
1357              <para>
1358              Performs a ClearCase unlock on the object <c>stream:Application_Integration@\MyProject_PVOB</c>.
1359              </para>
1360              <code>
1361                <![CDATA[
1362            <ccunlock objsel="stream:Application_Integration@\MyProject_PVOB" />
1363                ]]>
1364              </code>
1365            </example>
1366        </member>
1367        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseUnLock.Comment">
1368            <summary>
1369            Specify a comment. Only one of <see cref="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseUnLock.Comment"/> or 
1370            <see cref="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseUnLock.CommentFile"/> may be used.
1371            </summary>
1372        </member>
1373        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseUnLock.CommentFile">
1374            <summary>
1375            Specify a file containing a comment. Only one of <see cref="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseUnLock.Comment"/>
1376            or <see cref="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseUnLock.CommentFile"/> may be used.
1377            </summary>
1378        </member>
1379        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseUnLock.Pname">
1380            <summary>
1381            Specifies the object pathname to be unlocked.
1382            </summary>
1383        </member>
1384        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseUnLock.ObjSel">
1385            <summary>
1386            Specifies the object(s) to be unlocked.
1387            </summary>
1388        </member>
1389        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseUnLock.CommandSpecificArguments">
1390            <summary>
1391            This is an override used by the base class to get command specific args.
1392            </summary>
1393        </member>
1394        <member name="T:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseUpdate">
1395            <summary>
1396            Updates a ClearCase view.
1397            </summary>
1398            <remarks>
1399            <para>
1400            This task uses the <c>cleartool update</c> command to update a ClearCase view.
1401            </para>
1402            </remarks>
1403            <example>
1404              <para>
1405              Performs a ClearCase update on the snapshot view directory <c>c:/views/viewdir</c>. 
1406              A graphical dialog will be displayed.  
1407              The output will be logged to <c>log.log</c> and it will overwrite any hijacked files. 
1408              The modified time will be set to the current time.
1409              </para>
1410              <code>
1411                <![CDATA[
1412            <ccupdate viewpath="c:/views/viewdir"
1413                    graphical="false"
1414                    log="log.log"
1415                    overwrite="true"
1416                    currenttime="true"
1417                    rename="false"/>
1418                ]]>
1419              </code>
1420            </example>
1421        </member>
1422        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseUpdate.ViewPath">
1423            <summary>
1424            Path to the ClearCase view file or directory that the command will
1425            operate on.
1426            </summary>
1427        </member>
1428        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseUpdate.Graphical">
1429            <summary>
1430            Displays a graphical dialog during the update.
1431            The default is <see langword="false" />.
1432            </summary>
1433        </member>
1434        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseUpdate.LogFile">
1435            <summary>
1436            Specifies a log file for ClearCase to write to.
1437            </summary>
1438        </member>
1439        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseUpdate.Overwrite">
1440            <summary>
1441            If <see langword="true" />, hijacked files will be overwritten.
1442            The default is <see langword="false" />.
1443            </summary>
1444        </member>
1445        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseUpdate.Rename">
1446            <summary>
1447            If <see langword="true" />, hijacked files will be renamed with a .keep extension.
1448            The default is <see langword="false" />.
1449            </summary>
1450        </member>
1451        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseUpdate.CurrentTime">
1452            <summary>
1453            Specifies that modification time should be written as the current time. 
1454            Only one of <see cref="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseUpdate.CurrentTime"/> or <see cref="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseUpdate.PreserveTime"/>
1455            can be specified. The default is <see langword="false"/>.
1456            </summary>
1457        </member>
1458        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseUpdate.PreserveTime">
1459            <summary>
1460            Specifies that modification time should preserved from the VOB time. 
1461            Only one of <see cref="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseUpdate.CurrentTime"/> or <see cref="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseUpdate.PreserveTime"/>
1462            can be specified. The default is <see langword="false"/>.
1463            </summary>
1464        </member>
1465        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.ClearCase.ClearCaseUpdate.CommandSpecificArguments">
1466            <summary>
1467            This is an override used by the base class to get command specific args.
1468            </summary>
1469        </member>
1470        <member name="T:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Grep.GrepTask">
1471            <summary>
1472            Searches files for a regular-expression and produces an XML report of 
1473            the matches.
1474            </summary>
1475            <example>
1476                <para>
1477                    Extract all <i>TODO:</i>, <i>UNDONE:</i> or <i>HACK:</i>-
1478                    comment-tags from C# source files and write them to a file
1479                    <i>out.xml</i>. (A xslt-stylesheet could then transform it to
1480                    a nice html-page for your project-homepage, but that is beyond
1481                    the scope of this example.) 
1482                </para>
1483                <para>
1484                    <i>Path</i>, <i>File</i> and <i>LineNumber</i> are automatically
1485                    generated elements.
1486                </para>
1487                <code>
1488                    <![CDATA[
1489            <grep output="out.xml" pattern="// (?'Type'TODO|UNDONE|HACK): (\[(?'Author'\w*),(?'Date'.*)\])? (?'Text'[^\n\r]*)">
1490                <fileset>
1491                    <include name="*.cs" />
1492                </fileset>
1493            </grep>
1494                    ]]>
1495                </code>
1496                <para>
1497                    The resulting XML file for a comment-tag  
1498                    'TODO: [md, 14-02-2004] comment this method'
1499                    will look like
1500                </para>
1501                <code>
1502                    <![CDATA[
1503            <?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?> 
1504            <Matches>
1505                <Match>
1506                    <Type>TODO</Type> 
1507                    <Text>comment this method</Text> 
1508                    <Path>C:\MyProjects\MyPath</Path>
1509                    <File>MyFile.cs</Filename> 
1510                    <LineNumber>146</LineNumber> 
1511                    <Author>md</Author>
1512                    <Date>14-02-2004</Date>
1513                </Match>
1514                ...
1515            </Matches>
1516                    ]]>
1517                </code> 
1518            </example>
1519        </member>
1520        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Grep.GrepTask.ExecuteTask">
1521            <summary>
1522            Performs the regex-search.
1523            </summary>
1524        </member>
1525        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Grep.GrepTask.WriteXml(NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Grep.MatchCollection,System.IO.StreamWriter)">
1526            <summary>
1527            Writes the collection of matches to the specified <see cref="T:System.IO.StreamWriter"/>
1528            in XML format.
1529            </summary>
1530            <param name="matches">The matches to write.</param>
1531            <param name="writer"><see cref="T:System.IO.StreamWriter"/> to write the matches to.</param>
1532        </member>
1533        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Grep.GrepTask.WriteMatches(NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Grep.MatchCollection)">
1534            <summary>
1535            Writes the specified matches to <see cref="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Grep.GrepTask.OutputFile"/>.
1536            </summary>
1537            <param name="matches">The collection of matches to write.</param>
1538        </member>
1539        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Grep.GrepTask.OutputFile">
1540            <summary>
1541            Specifies the name of the output file.
1542            </summary>
1543        </member>
1544        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Grep.GrepTask.Pattern">
1545            <summary>
1546            Specifies the regular-expression to search for.
1547            </summary>
1548        </member>
1549        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Grep.GrepTask.InputFiles">
1550            <summary>
1551            The set of files in which the expression is searched.
1552            </summary>
1553        </member>
1554        <member name="T:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Grep.LineCounter">
1555            <summary>
1556            This purpose of this class is to get the line-numbers within 
1557            a string for a specific position of a character 
1558            (an index, as returned by the <see cref="T:System.Text.RegularExpressions.Regex"/> class).
1559            </summary>
1560        </member>
1561        <member name="F:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Grep.LineCounter._string">
1562            <summary>
1563            The string to count in
1564            </summary>
1565        </member>
1566        <member name="F:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Grep.LineCounter._currentPos">
1567            <summary>
1568            The current position within <see cref="F:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Grep.LineCounter._string"/>.
1569            </summary>
1570        </member>
1571        <member name="F:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Grep.LineCounter._currentLine">
1572            <summary>
1573            The number of line feeds upto (but exluding) <see cref="F:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Grep.LineCounter._currentPos"/>.
1574            </summary>
1575        </member>
1576        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Grep.LineCounter.#ctor(System.String)">
1577            <summary>
1578            Constructs a line-counter for a <see cref="T:System.String"/>.
1579            </summary>
1580            <param name="str"><see cref="T:System.String"/> for which lines are counted.</param>
1581        </member>
1582        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Grep.LineCounter.CountTo(System.Int32)">
1583            <summary>
1584            Counts the line-numbers until the position <paramref name="pos" />
1585            is reached.
1586            </summary>
1587            <param name="pos">Index into the string given during construction </param>
1588            <returns>
1589            The number of lines.
1590            </returns>
1591        </member>
1592        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Grep.LineCounter.Count(System.String,System.Char,System.Int32,System.Int32)">
1593            <summary>
1594            Counts the number of occurences of <paramref name="c"/> in the 
1595            range from <paramref name="start"/> to <paramref name="end"/> in 
1596            string <paramref name="str"/>.
1597            </summary>
1598            <param name="str"><see cref="T:System.String"/> to count in.</param>
1599            <param name="c">Character to count.</param>
1600            <param name="start">Start of range.</param>
1601            <param name="end">End of range.</param>
1602            <returns>
1603            The number of occurences of <paramref name="c"/> in the range from 
1604            <paramref name="start"/> to <paramref name="end"/> in string 
1605            <paramref name="str"/>.
1606            </returns>
1607        </member>
1608        <member name="T:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Grep.Match">
1609            <summary>
1610            Encapsulation of a match of a regular-expression with the
1611            associated named capture-groups.
1612            </summary>
1613        </member>
1614        <member name="F:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Grep.Match.values">
1615            <summary>
1616            <see cref="T:System.Collections.Hashtable"/> containing the mapping from group names 
1617            to values.
1618            </summary>
1619        </member>
1620        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Grep.Match.WriteXml(System.Xml.XmlTextWriter)">
1621            <summary>
1622            Writes this match to an <see cref="T:System.Xml.XmlTextWriter"/>.
1623            </summary>
1624            <param name="xmlWriter">The <see cref="T:System.Xml.XmlTextWriter"/> to write to.</param>
1625        </member>
1626        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Grep.Match.Item(System.String)">
1627            <summary>
1628            Gets or sets the value for a capture group.
1629            </summary>
1630        </member>
1631        <member name="T:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Grep.MatchCollection">
1632            <summary>
1633             A strongly-typed collection of <see cref="T:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Grep.Match"/> instances.
1634            </summary>
1635        </member>
1636        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Grep.MatchCollection.Add(NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Grep.Match)">
1637            <summary>
1638            Adds a <see cref="T:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Grep.Match"/> to this collection.
1639            </summary>
1640            <param name="match"><see cref="T:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Grep.Match"/> to add.</param>
1641        </member>
1642        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Grep.MatchCollection.Add(NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Grep.MatchCollection)">
1643            <summary>
1644            Adds all <see cref="T:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Grep.Match"/> instances <paramref name="matches"/>
1645            to this collection.
1646            </summary>
1647            <param name="matches">Collection of <see cref="T:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Grep.Match"/> instances to add.</param>
1648        </member>
1649        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Grep.MatchCollection.Item(System.Int32)">
1650            <summary>
1651            Gets the <paramref name="idx" />th match stored in this collection.
1652            </summary>
1653        </member>
1654        <member name="T:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Grep.Pattern">
1655            <summary>
1656            Encapsulation of a search pattern.
1657            </summary>
1658        </member>
1659        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Grep.Pattern.#ctor(System.String)">
1660            <summary>
1661            Initializes a new instance of the <see cref="T:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Grep.Pattern"/> class from 
1662            a regular-expression.
1663            </summary>
1664            <param name="regex">The regular-expression.</param>
1665        </member>
1666        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Grep.Pattern.ConcatenateCaptures(System.Text.RegularExpressions.Group)">
1667            <summary>
1668            Concatenates the captures of <paramref name="group"/> to a string.
1669            </summary>
1670            <param name="group"><see cref="T:System.Text.RegularExpressions.Group"/> containing the captures.</param>
1671            <returns>
1672            <see cref="T:System.String"/> containg the concatenated captures.
1673            </returns>
1674            <remarks>
1675            A named-group can captured multiple times, when the regular
1676            expression has a quantifier, e.g. (// (?'Text'.*) )* will match
1677            multiline comments with group <i>Text</i> having a capture for
1678            every line.
1679            </remarks>
1680        </member>
1681        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Grep.Pattern.Extract(System.String,System.String)">
1682            <summary>
1683            Extracts the matches of this pattern from <paramref name="source" />.
1684            </summary>
1685            <param name="filename">The name of the file associated with <paramref name="source" />.</param>
1686            <param name="source">The source string</param>
1687            <returns>
1688            A collection of found matches.
1689            </returns>
1690        </member>
1691        <member name="T:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Mks.BaseTask">
1692            <summary>
1693            The base abstract class for all MKS Tasks.  
1694            </summary>
1695            <remarks>
1696            Provides the core attributes, and functionality for opening an item 
1697            in a MKS database.
1698            </remarks>
1699        </member>
1700        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Mks.BaseTask.Open">
1701            <summary>
1702            Opens the MKS database and sets the reference to the specified
1703            item and version.
1704            </summary>
1705        </member>
1706        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Mks.BaseTask.Password">
1707            <summary>
1708            The password to use to login to the MKS database.
1709            </summary>
1710        </member>
1711        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Mks.BaseTask.UserName">
1712            <summary>
1713            The name of the user needed to access the MKS database.
1714            </summary>
1715        </member>
1716        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Mks.BaseTask.Host">
1717            <summary>
1718            The name of the host MKS server to connect to
1719            </summary>
1720        </member>
1721        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Mks.BaseTask.Port">
1722            <summary>
1723            The port number on which the host server is accepting requests
1724            </summary>
1725        </member>
1726        <member name="T:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Mks.CheckpointTask">
1727            <summary>
1728            Checkpoints a project in an MKS Source Integrity database.
1729            </summary>
1730            <example>
1731              <para>Checkpoint a project in an MKS database.</para>
1732              <code><![CDATA[
1733                <mkscheckpoint
1734                  username="myusername"
1735                  password="mypassword"
1736                  host="servername"
1737                  port="123"
1738                  project="myproject"
1739                  recursive="false"
1740                  label="test from nant"
1741                  description="this is a test description"
1742                />
1743              ]]></code>
1744            </example>
1745        </member>
1746        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Mks.CheckpointTask.Label">
1747            <summary>
1748            The label to apply to the checkpoint.
1749            </summary>
1750        </member>
1751        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Mks.CheckpointTask.ProjectName">
1752            <summary>
1753            The project to checkpoint.
1754            </summary>
1755        </member>
1756        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Mks.CheckpointTask.Recursive">
1757            <summary>
1758            Apply label to all members. The default is <see langword="false" />.
1759            </summary>
1760        </member>
1761        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Mks.CheckpointTask.Description">
1762            <summary>
1763            The description of the checkpoint.
1764            </summary>
1765        </member>
1766        <member name="T:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Mks.GetTask">
1767            <summary>
1768            Retrieves an item or project from MKS Source Integrity.
1769            </summary>
1770            <example>
1771              <para>Synchronise sandbox with MKS project.</para>
1772              <code><![CDATA[
1773                <mksget
1774                  username="myusername"
1775                  password="mypassword"
1776                  host="servername"
1777                  port="123"
1778                  localpath="c:\sourcecode"
1779                  project="e:/MKS projects/myproject/testproject.pj"
1780                />
1781              ]]></code>
1782            </example>
1783        </member>
1784        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Mks.GetTask.LocalPath">
1785            <summary>
1786            The path to the local working directory.
1787            </summary>
1788        </member>
1789        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Mks.GetTask.ProjectName">
1790            <summary>
1791            The project to get from MKS.
1792            </summary>
1793        </member>
1794        <member name="T:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Mks.ChangesTask">
1795            <summary>
1796            Generates an XML file containing the differences between the sandbox and
1797            the project in the MKS database.
1798            </summary>
1799            <example>
1800              <para>Get changes to a project in an MKS database.</para>
1801              <code><![CDATA[
1802                <mkschanges
1803                  username="myusername"
1804                  password="mypassword"
1805                  host="servername"
1806                  port="123"
1807                  sandbox="mysandbox.pj"
1808                  output="mychanges.xml"
1809                />
1810              ]]></code>
1811            </example>
1812        </member>
1813        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Mks.ChangesTask.Sandbox">
1814            <summary>
1815            The project to retrieve the changes for.
1816            </summary>
1817        </member>
1818        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Mks.ChangesTask.OutputFile">
1819            <summary>
1820            The file where the output will be stored in XML format.
1821            </summary>
1822        </member>
1823        <member name="T:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerCreationCommand">
1824            <summary>
1825            Base class for <see cref="T:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.MsiCreationCommand"/> and <see cref="T:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.MsmCreationCommand"/>.
1826            </summary>
1827        </member>
1828        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerCreationCommand.IsVersion(System.String@)">
1829            <summary>
1830            Determines if the supplied version string is valid.  A valid version string should look like:
1831            1
1832            1.1
1833            1.1.1
1834            1.1.1.1
1835            </summary>
1836            <param name="Version">The version string to verify.</param>
1837            <returns></returns>
1838        </member>
1839        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerCreationCommand.ReorderFiles(NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerDatabase,System.Int32@)">
1840            <summary>
1841            Sets the sequence number of files to match their
1842            storage order in the cabinet file, after some
1843            files have had their filenames changed to go in
1844            their own component.
1845            </summary>
1846            <param name="database">The MSI database.</param>
1847            <param name="LastSequence">The last file's sequence number.</param>
1848        </member>
1849        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerCreationCommand.CleanOutput(System.String,System.String)">
1850            <summary>
1851            Cleans the output directory after a build.
1852            </summary>
1853            <param name="cabFile">The path to the cabinet file.</param>
1854            <param name="tempPath">The path to temporary files.</param>
1855        </member>
1856        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerCreationCommand.LoadProperties(NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerDatabase)">
1857            <summary>
1858            Loads records for the Properties table.
1859            </summary>
1860            <param name="database">The MSI database.</param>
1861        </member>
1862        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerCreationCommand.LoadDirectories(NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerDatabase)">
1863            <summary>
1864            Loads records for the Directories table.
1865            </summary>
1866            <param name="database">The MSI database.</param>
1867        </member>
1868        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerCreationCommand.AddDirectory(NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerDatabase,NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerTable,System.String,NAnt.Contrib.Schemas.Msi.MSIDirectory,System.Int32)">
1869            <summary>
1870            Adds a directory record to the directories table.
1871            </summary>
1872            <param name="database">The MSI database.</param>
1873            <param name="directoryTable">The MSI database view.</param>
1874            <param name="ParentDirectory">The parent directory.</param>
1875            <param name="Directory">This directory's Schema object.</param>
1876            <param name="Depth">The tree depth of this directory.</param>
1877        </member>
1878        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerCreationCommand.GetRelativePath(NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerDatabase,System.String,System.String,System.String,System.Text.StringBuilder,NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerTable)">
1879            <summary>
1880            Retrieves the relative path of a file based on
1881            the component it belongs to and its entry in
1882            the MSI directory table.
1883            </summary>
1884            <param name="database">The MSI database.</param>
1885            <param name="Name">The Name of the Folder</param>
1886            <param name="Parent">The Parent of the Folder</param>
1887            <param name="Default">The Relative Filesystem Path of the Folder</param>
1888            <param name="Path">The Path to the Folder from previous calls.</param>
1889            <param name="directoryTable">The MSI database view.</param>
1890        </member>
1891        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerCreationCommand.GetDisplayablePath(System.String)">
1892            <summary>
1893            If the specified path is longer than 40 characters, 37 are returned plus ...
1894            </summary>
1895            <param name="path">A shortened path</param>
1896            <returns></returns>
1897        </member>
1898        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerCreationCommand.GetShortFile(System.String)">
1899            <summary>
1900            Retrieves a DOS 8.3 filename for a file.
1901            </summary>
1902            <param name="LongFile">The file to shorten.</param>
1903            <returns>The new shortened file.</returns>
1904        </member>
1905        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerCreationCommand.GetShortPath(System.String)">
1906            <summary>
1907            Retrieves a DOS 8.3 filename for a directory.
1908            </summary>
1909            <param name="LongPath">The path to shorten.</param>
1910            <returns>The new shortened path.</returns>
1911        </member>
1912        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerCreationCommand.GetShortDir(System.String)">
1913            <summary>
1914            Retrieves a DOS 8.3 filename for a complete directory.
1915            </summary>
1916            <param name="LongPath">The path to shorten.</param>
1917            <returns>The new shortened path.</returns>
1918        </member>
1919        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerCreationCommand.ExpandPropertiesInNodes(System.Xml.XmlNodeList)">
1920            <summary>
1921            Recursively expands properties of all attributes of
1922            a nodelist and their children.
1923            </summary>
1924            <param name="Nodes">The nodes to recurse.</param>
1925        </member>
1926        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerCreationCommand.ByteArrayToString(System.Byte[])">
1927            <summary>
1928            Converts the Byte array in a public key
1929            token of an assembly to a string MSI expects.
1930            </summary>
1931            <param name="ByteArray">The array of bytes.</param>
1932            <returns>The string containing the array.</returns>
1933        </member>
1934        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerCreationCommand.LoadTypeLibs(NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerDatabase)">
1935            <summary>
1936            Loads TypeLibs for the TypeLib table.
1937            </summary>
1938            <param name="database">The MSI database.</param>
1939        </member>
1940        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerCreationCommand.LoadEnvironmentVariables(NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerDatabase)">
1941            <summary>
1942            Loads environment variables for the Environment table.
1943            </summary>
1944            <param name="database">The MSI database.</param>
1945        </member>
1946        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerCreationCommand.LoadRegistry(NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerDatabase)">
1947            <summary>
1948            Loads records for the Registry table.
1949            </summary>
1950            <param name="database">The MSI database.</param>
1951        </member>
1952        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerCreationCommand.LoadRegistryLocators(NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerDatabase)">
1953            <summary>
1954            Loads records for the RegLocator table
1955            </summary>
1956            <param name="database">The MSI database.</param>
1957        </member>
1958        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerCreationCommand.LoadAppLocators(NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerDatabase)">
1959            <summary>
1960            Loads records for the CompLocator table
1961            </summary>
1962            <param name="database">The MSI database.</param>
1963        </member>
1964        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerCreationCommand.LoadIniLocators(NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerDatabase)">
1965            <summary>
1966            Loads records for the IniLocator table
1967            </summary>
1968            <param name="database">The MSI database.</param>
1969        </member>
1970        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerCreationCommand.LoadDirFileLocators(NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerDatabase)">
1971            <summary>
1972            Loads records for the DrLocator table
1973            </summary>
1974            <param name="database">The MSI database.</param>
1975        </member>
1976        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerCreationCommand.LoadDepreciatedLocators(NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerDatabase)">
1977            <summary>
1978            Loads records for the RegLocator table
1979            </summary>
1980            <param name="database">The MSI database.</param>
1981        </member>
1982        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerCreationCommand.GetRegistryRootByName(System.String)">
1983            <summary>
1984            Gets the name of the registry root id by it's name.
1985            </summary>
1986            <param name="root">Name of the registry root</param>
1987            <returns></returns>
1988        </member>
1989        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerCreationCommand.LoadApplicationSearch(NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerDatabase)">
1990            <summary>
1991            Loads records for the AppSearch table
1992            </summary>
1993            <param name="database">The MSI database.</param>
1994        </member>
1995        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerCreationCommand.LoadIconData(NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerDatabase)">
1996            <summary>
1997            Loads records for the Icon table.
1998            </summary>
1999            <param name="database">The MSI database.</param>
2000        </member>
2001        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerCreationCommand.LoadShortcutData(NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerDatabase)">
2002            <summary>
2003            Loads records for the Shortcut table.
2004            </summary>
2005            <param name="database">The MSI database.</param>
2006        </member>
2007        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerCreationCommand.LoadUserDefinedTables(NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerDatabase)">
2008            <summary>
2009            Adds custom table(s) to the msi database
2010            </summary>
2011            <param name="database">The MSI database.</param>
2012        </member>
2013        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerCreationCommand.AddTableData(NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerDatabase,System.String,NAnt.Contrib.Schemas.Msi.MSITable,System.Collections.ArrayList)">
2014            <summary>
2015            Adds table data to the msi database table structure
2016            </summary>
2017            <param name="database">The MSI database.</param>
2018            <param name="currentTable">The current table name</param>
2019            <param name="xmlTable">Xml node representing the current table</param>
2020            <param name="columnList">List of column objects for the current table (Containing: column name, id, type).</param>
2021        </member>
2022        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerCreationCommand.LoadBinaryData(NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerDatabase)">
2023            <summary>
2024            Loads records for the Binary table.  This table stores items
2025            such as bitmaps, animations, and icons. The binary table is
2026            also used to store data for custom actions.
2027            </summary>
2028            <param name="database">The MSI database.</param>
2029        </member>
2030        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerCreationCommand.LoadDialogData(NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerDatabase)">
2031            <summary>
2032            Loads records for the Dialog table.
2033            </summary>
2034            <param name="database">The MSI database.</param>
2035        </member>
2036        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerCreationCommand.LoadDialogControlData(NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerDatabase)">
2037            <summary>
2038            Loads records for the Control table.
2039            </summary>
2040            <param name="database">The MSI database.</param>
2041        </member>
2042        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerCreationCommand.LoadDialogControlConditionData(NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerDatabase)">
2043            <summary>
2044            Loads records for the ControlCondtion table.
2045            </summary>
2046            <param name="database">The MSI database.</param>
2047        </member>
2048        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerCreationCommand.LoadDialogControlEventData(NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerDatabase)">
2049            <summary>
2050            Loads records for the ControlEvent table.
2051            </summary>
2052            <param name="database">The MSI database.</param>
2053        </member>
2054        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerCreationCommand.LoadCustomAction(NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerDatabase)">
2055            <summary>
2056            Loads records for the CustomAction table
2057            </summary>
2058            <param name="database">The MSI database.</param>
2059        </member>
2060        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerCreationCommand.LoadActionText(NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerDatabase)">
2061            <summary>
2062            Loads records for the ActionText table.  Allows users to specify descriptions/templates for actions.
2063            </summary>
2064            <param name="database">The MSI database.</param>
2065        </member>
2066        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerCreationCommand.LoadAppMappings(NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerDatabase)">
2067            <summary>
2068            Loads records for the _AppMappings table.
2069            </summary>
2070            <param name="database">The MSI database.</param>
2071        </member>
2072        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerCreationCommand.LoadUrlProperties(NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerDatabase)">
2073            <summary>
2074            Loads records for the _UrlToDir table.
2075            "Load the url properties to convert
2076            url properties to a properties object" ??
2077            </summary>
2078            <param name="database">The MSI database.</param>
2079        </member>
2080        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerCreationCommand.LoadVDirProperties(NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerDatabase)">
2081            <summary>
2082            Loads records for the _VDirToUrl table.
2083            Used for converting a vdir to an url
2084            </summary>
2085            <param name="database">The MSI database.</param>
2086        </member>
2087        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerCreationCommand.LoadAppRootCreate(NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerDatabase)">
2088            <summary>
2089            Loads records for the _AppRootCreate table.
2090            Used for making a virtual directory a virtual application
2091            </summary>
2092            <param name="database">The MSI database.</param>
2093        </member>
2094        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerCreationCommand.LoadIISDirectoryProperties(NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerDatabase)">
2095            <summary>
2096            Loads records for the _IISProperties table.
2097            </summary>
2098            <param name="database">The MSI database.</param>
2099        </member>
2100        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerCreationCommand.CheckAssemblyForCOMInterop(NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerDatabase,System.String,System.Reflection.Assembly,System.String,System.String,NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerTable,NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerTable)">
2101            <summary>
2102            Enumerates the registry to see if an assembly has been registered
2103            for COM interop, and if so adds these registry keys to the Registry
2104            table, ProgIds to the ProgId table, classes to the Classes table,
2105            and a TypeLib to the TypeLib table.
2106            </summary>
2107            <param name="database">The MSI database.</param>
2108            <param name="fileName">The Assembly filename.</param>
2109            <param name="fileAssembly">The Assembly to check.</param>
2110            <param name="componentName">The name of the containing component.</param>
2111            <param name="assemblyComponentName">The name of the containing component's assembly GUID.</param>
2112            <param name="classTable">View containing the Class table.</param>
2113            <param name="progIdTable">View containing the ProgId table.</param>
2114        </member>
2115        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerCreationCommand.LoadSummaryInformation(NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerDatabase)">
2116            <summary>
2117            Loads properties for the Summary Information Stream.
2118            </summary>
2119            <param name="database">The MSI database.</param>
2120        </member>
2121        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerCreationCommand.CreateCabFile(NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerDatabase)">
2122            <summary>
2123            Creates a .cab file with all source files included.
2124            </summary>
2125            <param name="database">The MSI database.</param>
2126        </member>
2127        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerCreationCommand.LoadSequence(NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerDatabase)">
2128            <summary>
2129            Loads records for the sequence tables.
2130            </summary>
2131            <param name="database">The MSI database.</param>
2132        </member>
2133        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerCreationCommand.AddFiles(NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerDatabase,NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerTable,NAnt.Contrib.Schemas.Msi.MSIComponent,NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerTable,System.String,System.String,System.Int32@,NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerTable,NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerTable,NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerTable,NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerTable,NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerTable,NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerTable,NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerTable,NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerTable)">
2134            <summary>
2135            Adds a file record to the Files table.
2136            </summary>
2137            <param name="database">The MSI database.</param>
2138            <param name="directoryTable">The MSI database view.</param>
2139            <param name="Component">The Component's XML Element.</param>
2140            <param name="fileTable">The MSI database view.</param>
2141            <param name="ComponentDirectory">The directory of this file's component.</param>
2142            <param name="ComponentName">The name of this file's component.</param>
2143            <param name="Sequence">The installation sequence number of this file.</param>
2144            <param name="msiAssemblyTable">View containing the MsiAssembly table.</param>
2145            <param name="msiAssemblyNameTable">View containing the MsiAssemblyName table.</param>
2146            <param name="componentTable">View containing the Components table.</param>
2147            <param name="featureComponentTable">View containing the FeatureComponents table.</param>
2148            <param name="classTable">View containing the Class table.</param>
2149            <param name="progIdTable">View containing the ProgId table.</param>
2150            <param name="selfRegTable">View containing the SelfReg table.</param>
2151            <param name="modComponentTable">ModuleComponent table.</param>
2152        </member>
2153        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerCreationCommand.LoadComponents(NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerDatabase,System.Int32@)">
2154            <summary>
2155            Loads records for the Components table.
2156            </summary>
2157            <param name="database">The MSI database.</param>
2158            <param name="LastSequence">The sequence number of the last file in the .cab</param>
2159        </member>
2160        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerCreationCommand.Execute">
2161            <summary>
2162            Executes the Task.
2163            </summary>
2164            <remarks>None.</remarks>
2165        </member>
2166        <member name="T:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerDatabase">
2167            <summary>
2168            .NET wrapper for a Windows Installer database
2169            </summary>
2170        </member>
2171        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerDatabase.DropEmptyTables">
2172            <summary>
2173            Drops empty tables.
2174            </summary>
2175        </member>
2176        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerDatabase.DropEmptyTables(System.Boolean)">
2177            <summary>
2178            Drops the empty tables.
2179            </summary>
2180            <param name="isMergeModule">Determines if this is a merge module or not</param>
2181            <remarks>If it is a merge module, the FeatureComponents table should not be dropped.</remarks>
2182        </member>
2183        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerDatabase.VerifyTableEmpty(System.String)">
2184            <summary>
2185            Checks to see if the specified table is empty.
2186            </summary>
2187            <param name="TableName">Name of the table to check existance.</param>
2188            <returns>True if empy and False if full.</returns>
2189        </member>
2190        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerDatabase.VerifyTableExistance(System.String)">
2191            <summary>
2192            Checks to see if the specified table exists in the database
2193            already.
2194            </summary>
2195            <param name="TableName">Name of the table to check existance.</param>
2196            <returns>True if successful.</returns>
2197        </member>
2198        <member name="T:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.Installer">
2199            <remarks>
2200            Helper class used to avoid errors when instantiating
2201            WindowsInstaller.Installer. 
2202            </remarks>
2203        </member>
2204        <member name="T:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerRecordReader">
2205            <summary>
2206            Use to read and manipulate existing records.
2207            </summary>
2208        </member>
2209        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerRecordReader.#ctor(WindowsInstaller.View)">
2210            <summary>
2211            Creates a new reader for the entries in the view
2212            </summary>
2213            <param name="view">Database view to read entries from. Must be Execute()'ed already.</param>
2214        </member>
2215        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerRecordReader.Read">
2216            <summary>
2217            Moves to the next record
2218            </summary>
2219            <returns>False iff no more records</returns>
2220        </member>
2221        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerRecordReader.DeleteCurrentRecord">
2222            <summary>
2223            Deletes the current record. Needs no Commit().
2224            </summary>
2225        </member>
2226        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerRecordReader.SetValue(System.Int32,System.Object)">
2227            <summary>
2228            Set the value of a field in the current record. Remember to Commit()
2229            </summary>
2230            <param name="index">Zero-based index of the field to set</param>
2231            <param name="value">New value</param>
2232        </member>
2233        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerRecordReader.GetString(System.Int32)">
2234            <summary>
2235            Get the string value of a field in the current record.
2236            </summary>
2237            <param name="index">Zero-based index of the field to get</param>
2238        </member>
2239        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerRecordReader.Commit">
2240            <summary>
2241            Commits changes to the current record.
2242            </summary>
2243        </member>
2244        <member name="T:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerSearchClause">
2245            <summary>
2246            A simple class for a single search clause.
2247            TODO: more comparison types, use of the Composite pattern, etc.
2248            </summary>
2249        </member>
2250        <member name="T:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerTable">
2251            <summary>
2252            Represents a single table in a Windows Installer archive
2253            </summary>
2254        </member>
2255        <member name="T:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerTaskBase">
2256            <summary>
2257            Base class for msi/msm installer tasks
2258            </summary>
2259        </member>
2260        <member name="T:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.SchemaValidatedTask">
2261            <summary>
2262            Abstract <see cref="T:NAnt.Core.Task"/> that validates inheriting classes against 
2263            an XML schema of the same name.
2264            </summary>
2265        </member>
2266        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.SchemaValidatedTask.InitializeTask(System.Xml.XmlNode)">
2267            <summary>
2268            Initializes the task and verifies parameters.
2269            </summary>
2270            <param name="TaskNode">Node that contains the XML fragment used to define this task instance.</param>
2271        </member>
2272        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.SchemaValidatedTask.Task_OnSchemaValidate(System.Object,System.Xml.Schema.ValidationEventArgs)">
2273            <summary>
2274            Occurs when a validation error is raised.
2275            </summary>
2276            <param name="sender">The object that sent the event.</param>
2277            <param name="args">Validation arguments passed in.</param>
2278        </member>
2279        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.SchemaValidatedTask.ExpandPropertiesInNodes(System.Xml.XmlNodeList)">
2280            <summary>
2281            Recursively expands properties of all attributes of 
2282            a nodelist and their children.
2283            </summary>
2284            <param name="Nodes">The nodes to recurse.</param>
2285        </member>
2286        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.SchemaValidatedTask.SchemaObject">
2287            <summary>
2288            Returns the object from the Schema wrapper after 
2289            <see cref="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.SchemaValidatedTask.InitializeTask(System.Xml.XmlNode)"/> is called.
2290            </summary>
2291            <value>The object from the Schema wrapper after <see cref="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.SchemaValidatedTask.InitializeTask(System.Xml.XmlNode)"/> is called.</value>
2292        </member>
2293        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerTaskBase.MsiOutput">
2294            <summary>
2295            The name of the file that will be generated when the task completes 
2296            execution (eg. MyInstall.msi or MyMergeModule.msm).
2297            </summary>
2298        </member>
2299        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerTaskBase.MsiSourceDir">
2300            <summary>
2301            A directory relative to the NAnt script in which the msi task resides 
2302            from which to retrieve files  that will be installed by the msi 
2303            database. All files that will be included in your installation need 
2304            to be located directly within or in subdirectories of this directory. 
2305            </summary>
2306        </member>
2307        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerTaskBase.MsiTemplate">
2308            <summary>
2309            A installer file to use as the starting database in which all files 
2310            and entries will be made, and then copied to the filename specified 
2311            by the output parameter. Install templates are included with the 
2312            install tasks, you only need to supply this value if you want to 
2313            override the default template. 
2314            </summary>
2315        </member>
2316        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerTaskBase.MsiErrorTemplate">
2317            <summary>
2318            A .mst file to use as the starting database containing strings 
2319            displayed to the user when errors occur during installation. 
2320            A .mst template is included with the msi task, you only need to 
2321            supply this value if you want to override the default error 
2322            template and cannot perform something through the features of the 
2323            msi task.
2324            </summary>
2325        </member>
2326        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerTaskBase.MsiDebug">
2327            <summary>
2328            Causes the generated msi database file to contain debug messages for 
2329            errors created by inconsistencies in creation of the database. This 
2330            makes the file slightly larger and should be avoided when generating 
2331            a production release of your software.
2332            </summary>
2333        </member>
2334        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerTaskBase.InstallerSummaryInformationElement">
2335            <summary>
2336            <para>
2337            Sets various properties in the SummaryInformation stream 
2338            (http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/default.asp?url=/library/en-us/msi/setup/summary_information_stream.asp)
2339            </para>
2340            <para>
2341               All of the sub-elements are optional.
2342            </para>
2343            <h3>Nested Elements:</h3>
2344            <h4>&lt;title&gt;</h4>
2345            <ul>
2346            Briefly describes the type of installer package. Phrases such as "Installation Database" or 
2347            "Transform" or "Patch" may be used for this property.
2348            <br />Default value: Value of the <c>ProductName</c> property, if defined.
2349            </ul>
2350            <h4>&lt;/title&gt;</h4>
2351            <h4>&lt;subject&gt;</h4>
2352            <ul>
2353            A short description of the product to be installed.  This value is typically set from the installer 
2354            property <c>ProductName</c>
2355            <br />Default value: Value of the <c>ProductName</c> property, if defined.
2356            </ul>
2357            <h4>&lt;/subject&gt;</h4>
2358            <h4>&lt;author&gt;</h4>
2359            <ul>
2360            The manufacturer of the installation database. This value is typically set from the installer 
2361            property <c>Manufacturer</c>.
2362            <br />Default value: Value of the <c>Manufacturer</c> property, if defined.
2363            </ul>
2364            <h4>&lt;/author&gt;</h4>
2365            <h4>&lt;keywords&gt;</h4>
2366            <ul>
2367            Used by file browsers to hold keywords that permit the database file to be found in a keyword search. 
2368            The set of keywords typically includes "Installer" as well as product-specific keywords, and may be 
2369            localized.
2370            <br />Default value: Value of the <c>Keywords</c> property, if defined.
2371            </ul>
2372            <h4>&lt;/keywords&gt;</h4>
2373            <h4>&lt;comments&gt;</h4>
2374            <ul>
2375            A general description/purpose of the installer database.
2376            <br />Default value: Value of the <c>Comments</c> property, if defined.
2377            </ul>
2378            <h4>&lt;/comments&gt;</h4>
2379            <h4>&lt;template&gt;</h4>
2380            <ul>
2381            <para>
2382            Indicates the platform and language versions that are supported by the database. The Template Summary 
2383            Property of a patch package is a semicolon-delimited list of the product codes that can accept the 
2384            patch.
2385            </para>
2386            <para>
2387               See http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/default.asp?url=/library/en-us/msi/setup/template_summary_property.asp for more information.
2388            </para>
2389            </ul>
2390            <h4>&lt;/template&gt;</h4>
2391            <h4>&lt;revisionnumber&gt;</h4>
2392            <ul>
2393            Contains the package code (GUID) for the installer package. The package code is a unique identifier 
2394            of the installer package.  Note: Default behavior - a new GUID is generated every time
2395            </ul>
2396            <h4>&lt;/revisionnumber&gt;</h4>
2397            <h4>&lt;creatingapplication&gt;</h4>
2398            <ul>
2399            The name of the application used to author the database.  Note: Default value is NAnt.
2400            </ul>
2401            <h4>&lt;/creatingapplication&gt;</h4>
2402            <h3>Examples</h3>
2403            <example>
2404                <para>Define specific summary information.</para>
2405                <code>
2406            &lt;summaryinformation&gt;
2407                &lt;title&gt;Installation Database&lt;/title&gt;
2408                &lt;subject&gt;${install.productname}&lt;/subject&gt;
2409                &lt;author&gt;${install.manufacturer}&lt;/author&gt;
2410                &lt;keywords&gt;MSI, database, NAnt, Installer&lt;/keywords&gt;
2411                &lt;comments&gt;This installer database contains the logic and data required to install NAnt&lt;/comments&gt;
2412                &lt;template&gt;;1033&lt;/template&gt;
2413                &lt;creatingapplication&gt;NAnt - http://nant.sf.net &lt;/creatingapplication&gt;
2414            &lt;/summaryinformation&gt; 
2415                </code>
2416            </example>
2417            </summary>
2418        </member>
2419        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerTaskBase.InstallerPropertiesElement">
2420            <summary>
2421            <para>
2422            Name/value pairs which will be set in the PROPERTY table of the 
2423            installer database.
2424            </para>
2425            <para>
2426            The properties element contains within it one to any number of property elements.<br/>
2427            <see href="http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/en-us/msi/setup/protected_properties.asp">Public property</see> names cannot contain lowercase letters.<br/>
2428            <see href="http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/en-us/msi/setup/protected_properties.asp">Private property</see> names must contain some lowercase letters.<br/>
2429            Property names prefixed with % represent system and user environment variables. These are 
2430            never entered into the <see href="http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/en-us/msi/setup/property_table.asp">Property 
2431            table</see>. The permanent settings of environment variables can only be modified using the <see href="http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/en-us/msi/setup/environment_table.asp">Environment Table</see>. 
2432            More information is available <see href="http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/default.asp?url=/library/en-us/msi/setup/properties.asp">here</see>.
2433            </para>
2434            <h3>Parameters</h3>
2435            <list type="table">
2436                <listheader>
2437                    <term>Attribute</term>
2438                       <term>Type</term>
2439                       <term>Description</term>
2440                       <term>Required</term>
2441                </listheader>
2442                <item>
2443                       <term>name</term>
2444                       <term>string</term>
2445                       <term>A name used to refer to the property.</term>
2446                       <term>True</term>
2447                   </item>
2448                <item>
2449                       <term>value</term>
2450                       <term>string</term>
2451                       <term>The value of the property. This value can contain references to other, predefined properties to build a compound property.</term>
2452                       <term>True</term>
2453                   </item>
2454               </list>
2455            <h3>Examples</h3>
2456            <example>
2457                <para>Define the required properties.</para>
2458                <code>
2459            &lt;properties&gt;
2460                &lt;property name="ProductName" value="My Product" /&gt;
2461                &lt;property name="ProductVersion" value="1.0.0" /&gt;
2462                &lt;property name="Manufacturer" value="ACME Inc." /&gt;
2463                &lt;property name="ProductCode" value="{29D8F096-3371-4cba-87E1-A8C6511F7B4C}" /&gt;
2464                &lt;property name="UpgradeCode" value="{69E66919-0DE1-4280-B4C1-94049F76BA1A}" /&gt;
2465            &lt;/properties&gt; 
2466                </code>
2467            </example>
2468            </summary>
2469        </member>
2470        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerTaskBase.InstallerSearchElement">
2471            <summary>
2472            <para>
2473            Contains within it one to any number of app, registry, ini, or dirfile elements. 
2474            These elements are used to search for an existing filesystem directory, file, or 
2475            Windows Registry setting.  A property in the installer database is 
2476            then set with the value obtained from the search.
2477            </para>
2478            <h3>&lt;app&gt;</h3>
2479            <para>
2480            More information on these attributes can be found at: http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/default.asp?url=/library/en-us/msi/setup/complocator_table.asp
2481            </para>
2482            <list type="table">
2483                <listheader>
2484                    <term>Attribute</term>
2485                    <term>Type</term>
2486                    <term>Description</term>
2487                    <term>Required</term>
2488                </listheader>
2489                <item>
2490                    <term>componentid</term>
2491                    <term>string</term>
2492                    <term>The component ID of the component whose key path is to be used for the search.</term>
2493                    <term>True</term>
2494                </item>
2495                <item>
2496                    <term>type</term>
2497                    <term>msi:MSILocatorTypeDirFile</term>
2498                    <term>Valid input: <c>file</c> or <c>directory</c></term>
2499                    <term>True</term>
2500                </item>
2501                <item>
2502                    <term>setproperty</term>
2503                    <term>string</term>
2504                    <term>A name used to refer to the property within the Msi database.  Set at install time.</term>
2505                    <term>True</term>
2506                </item>
2507            </list>
2508            <h3>&lt;/app&gt;</h3>
2509            <h3>&lt;registry&gt;</h3>
2510            <para>
2511            More information on these attributes can be found at: http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/default.asp?url=/library/en-us/msi/setup/reglocator_table.asp
2512            </para>
2513            <list type="table">
2514                <listheader>
2515                    <term>Attribute</term>
2516                    <term>Type</term>
2517                    <term>Description</term>
2518                    <term>Required</term>
2519                </listheader>
2520                <item>
2521                    <term>type</term>
2522                    <term>msi:MSILocatorTypeDirFileReg64</term>
2523                    <term>Valid input: <c>registry</c>, <c>file</c>, <c>directory</c>, <c>64bit</c></term>
2524                    <term>True</term>
2525                </item>
2526                <item>
2527                    <term>path</term>
2528                    <term>string</term>
2529                    <term>Depending on the <c>type</c> specified: 
2530                    <list type="bullet">
2531                        <item>Path is a directory.</item>
2532                        <item>Path is a registry key.</item>
2533                    </list>
2534                    </term>
2535                    <term>True</term>
2536                </item>
2537                <item>
2538                    <term>root</term>
2539                    <term>msi:MSIRegistryKeyRoot</term>
2540                    <term>Valid input: 
2541                    <list type="bullet">
2542                        <item><c>dependent</c> - If this is a per-user installation, the registry value is written under HKEY_CURRENT_USER.  If this is a per-machine installation, the registry value is written under HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE. Note that a per-machine installation is specified by setting the ALLUSERS property to 1.</item>
2543                        <item><c>machine</c> represents HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE</item>
2544                        <item><c>classes</c> represents HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT</item>
2545                        <item><c>user</c> represents HKEY_CURRENT_USER</item>
2546                        <item><c>users</c> represents HKEY_USERS</item>
2547                    </list>
2548                    </term>
2549                    <term>True</term>
2550                </item>
2551            </list>
2552            <ul>
2553            <h3>Nested Elements:</h3>
2554            <h4>&lt;value&gt;</h4>
2555            <h3>Parameters</h3>
2556            <list type="table">
2557                <listheader>
2558                    <term>Attribute</term>
2559                    <term>Type</term>
2560                    <term>Description</term>
2561                    <term>Required</term>
2562                </listheader>
2563                <item>
2564                    <term>name</term>
2565                    <term>string</term>
2566                    <term>Depending on the <c>type</c> specified: 
2567                    <list type="bullet">
2568                        <item>Key path is a file name.</item>
2569                        <item>Key path is a registry value.</item>
2570                    </list>
2571                    </term>
2572                    <term>False</term>
2573                </item>
2574                <item>
2575                    <term>setproperty</term>
2576                    <term>string</term>
2577                    <term>A name used to refer to the property within the Msi database.  Set at install time.</term>
2578                    <term>True</term>
2579                </item>
2580            </list>
2581            <h4>&lt;/value&gt;</h4>
2582            </ul>
2583            <h3>&lt;/registry&gt;</h3>
2584            <h3>&lt;ini&gt;</h3>
2585            <para>
2586            More information on these attributes can be found at: http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/default.asp?url=/library/en-us/msi/setup/inilocator_table.asp
2587            </para>
2588            <list type="table">
2589                <listheader>
2590                    <term>Attribute</term>
2591                    <term>Type</term>
2592                    <term>Description</term>
2593                    <term>Required</term>
2594                </listheader>
2595                <item>
2596                    <term>filename</term>
2597                    <term>string</term>
2598                    <term>The .ini file name. (The .ini file must be present in the default Microsoft Windows directory.)
2599                    </term>
2600                    <term>True</term>
2601                </item>
2602                <item>
2603                    <term>section</term>
2604                    <term>string</term>
2605                    <term>Section name within the .ini file.
2606                    </term>
2607                    <term>True</term>
2608                </item>
2609                <item>
2610                    <term>key</term>
2611                    <term>string</term>
2612                    <term>Key value within the section.
2613                    </term>
2614                    <term>True</term>
2615                </item>
2616                <item>
2617                    <term>field</term>
2618                    <term>msi:nonNegativeInt</term>
2619                    <term>The field in the .ini line. If Field is Null or 0, then the entire line is read. 
2620                    This must be a non-negative number.
2621                    </term>
2622                    <term>False</term>
2623                </item>
2624                <item>
2625                    <term>type</term>
2626                    <term>msi:MSILocatorTypeDirFileRaw</term>
2627                    <term>Valid input: <c>file</c> ,<c>directory</c>, or <c>raw</c></term>
2628                    <term>True</term>
2629                </item>
2630                <item>
2631                    <term>setproperty</term>
2632                    <term>string</term>
2633                    <term>A name used to refer to the property within the Msi database.  Set at install time.</term>
2634                    <term>True</term>
2635                </item>
2636            </list>
2637            <h3>&lt;/ini&gt;</h3>
2638            <h3>&lt;dirfile&gt;</h3>
2639            <para>
2640            More information on these attributes can be found at: 
2641            http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/default.asp?url=/library/en-us/msi/setup/drlocator_table.asp
2642            and
2643            http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/default.asp?url=/library/en-us/msi/setup/signature_table.asp
2644            </para>
2645            <list type="table">
2646                <listheader>
2647                    <term>Attribute</term>
2648                    <term>Type</term>
2649                    <term>Description</term>
2650                    <term>Required</term>
2651                </listheader>
2652                <item>
2653                    <term>parent</term>
2654                    <term>string</term>
2655                    <term>An identifier to RegLocator, IniLocator, or CompLocator tables.  
2656                    If it does not expand to a full path, then all the fixed drives of the user's system are searched by using the Path.
2657                    <br/>In order to determine what the key is for a table, prefix the property name assigned
2658                    to that locator with SIG_
2659                    </term>
2660                    <term>False</term>
2661                </item>
2662                <item>
2663                    <term>path</term>
2664                    <term>string</term>
2665                    <term>the path on the user's system. This is a either a full path or a relative subpath 
2666                    below the directory specified in the Parent column.
2667                    </term>
2668                    <term>False</term>
2669                </item>
2670                <item>
2671                    <term>depth</term>
2672                    <term>msi:nonNegativeInt</term>
2673                    <term>The depth below the path that the installer searches for the file or directory.
2674                    </term>
2675                    <term>False</term>
2676                </item>
2677                <item>
2678                    <term>setproperty</term>
2679                    <term>string</term>
2680                    <term>A name used to refer to the property within the Msi database.  Set at install time.</term>
2681                    <term>True</term>
2682                </item>
2683            </list>
2684            <ul>
2685            <h3>Nested Elements:</h3>
2686            <h4>&lt;file&gt;</h4>
2687            <h3>Parameters</h3>
2688            <list type="table">
2689                <listheader>
2690                    <term>Attribute</term>
2691                    <term>Type</term>
2692                    <term>Description</term>
2693                    <term>Required</term>
2694                </listheader>
2695                <item>
2696                    <term>name</term>
2697                    <term>string</term>
2698                    <term>The name of the file.</term>
2699                    <term>True</term>
2700                </item>
2701                <item>
2702                    <term>minversion</term>
2703                    <term>string</term>
2704                    <term>The minimum version of the file, with a language comparison. If this field is 
2705                    specified, then the file must have a version that is at least equal to MinVersion. 
2706                    If the file has an equal version to the MinVersion field value but the language 
2707                    specified in the Languages column differs, the file does not satisfy the signature 
2708                    filter criteria.</term>
2709                    <term>False</term>
2710                </item>
2711                <item>
2712                    <term>maxversion</term>
2713                    <term>string</term>
2714                    <term>The maximum version of the file. If this field is specified, then the file 
2715                    must have a version that is at most equal to MaxVersion.</term>
2716                    <term>False</term>
2717                </item>
2718                <item>
2719                    <term>minsize</term>
2720                    <term>msi:nonNegativeInt</term>
2721                    <term>The minimum size of the file. If this field is specified, then the file 
2722                    under inspection must have a size that is at least equal to MinSize. This must 
2723                    be a non-negative number.</term>
2724                    <term>False</term>
2725                </item>
2726                <item>
2727                    <term>maxsize</term>
2728                    <term>msi:nonNegativeInt</term>
2729                    <term>The maximum size of the file. If this field is specified, then the file 
2730                    under inspection must have a size that is at most equal to MaxSize. This must 
2731                    be a non-negative number.</term>
2732                    <term>False</term>
2733                </item>
2734                <item>
2735                    <term>mindate</term>
2736                    <term>msi:nonNegativeInt</term>
2737                    <term>The minimum modification date and time of the file. If this field is 
2738                    specified, then the file under inspection must have a modification date and time 
2739                    that is at least equal to MinDate. This must be a non-negative number.</term>
2740                    <term>False</term>
2741                </item>
2742                <item>
2743                    <term>maxdate</term>
2744                    <term>msi:nonNegativeInt</term>
2745                    <term>The maximum creation date of the file. If this field is specified, then the 
2746                    file under inspection must have a creation date that is at most equal to MaxDate. 
2747                    This must be a non-negative number.</term>
2748                    <term>False</term>
2749                </item>
2750                <item>
2751                    <term>languages</term>
2752                    <term>string</term>
2753                    <term>The languages supported by the file.</term>
2754                    <term>False</term>
2755                </item>
2756            </list>
2757            <h4>&lt;/file&gt;</h4>
2758            </ul>
2759            <h3>&lt;/dirfile&gt;</h3>
2760            <h3>Examples</h3>
2761            <example>
2762                <para>Get the path of the web directory and the version of IIS.  Create new properties in the Msi file with those values.</para>
2763                <code>
2764            &lt;search&gt;
2765                &lt;registry type="registry" path="Software\Microsoft\InetStp" root="machine" &gt;
2766                    &lt;value name="PathWWWRoot" setproperty="IISWWWROOT" /&gt;
2767                &lt;/registry&gt;
2768                &lt;registry type="registry" path="SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\W3SVC\Parameters" root="machine" &gt;
2769                        &lt;value name="MajorVersion" setproperty="IISVERSION" /&gt;
2770                &lt;/registry&gt;
2771            &lt;/search&gt; 
2772                </code>
2773            </example>
2774            <example>
2775                <para>Shows two ways to get the default key value for the specified key.  Create new properties in the Msi file with those values.</para>
2776                <code>
2777            &lt;search&gt;
2778                &lt;registry type="registry" path="Software\Microsoft\MessengerService" root="machine" &gt;
2779                    &lt;value setproperty="MSGSRVNAME" /&gt;
2780                    &lt;value name="" setproperty="MSGSRVNAME2" /&gt;
2781                &lt;/registry&gt;
2782            &lt;/search&gt; 
2783                </code>
2784            </example>
2785            </summary>
2786        </member>
2787        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerTaskBase.InstallerLaunchConditionsElement">
2788            <summary>
2789            <para>
2790            Contains within it one to any number of launchcondition elements.  
2791            Launch conditions are conditions that all must be satisfied for the 
2792            installation to begin.
2793            </para>
2794            <h3>Parameters</h3>
2795            <list type="table">
2796                <listheader>
2797                    <term>Attribute</term>
2798                    <term>Type</term>
2799                    <term>Description</term>
2800                    <term>Required</term>
2801                </listheader>
2802                <item>
2803                    <term>name</term>
2804                    <term>string</term>
2805                    <term>A name used to identify the launch condition.</term>
2806                    <term>True</term>
2807                </item>
2808                <item>
2809                    <term>condition</term>
2810                    <term>string</term>
2811                    <term>Expression that must evaluate to True for installation to begin.</term>
2812                    <term>True</term>
2813                </item>
2814            </list>
2815            <h3>Nested Elements:</h3>
2816            <h4>&lt;description&gt;</h4>
2817            <ul>
2818            Localizable text to display when the condition fails and the installation must be terminated.
2819            </ul>
2820            <h4>&lt;/description&gt;</h4>
2821            <h3>Examples</h3>
2822            <example>
2823                <para>Create a check to make sure that IIS 5.x is installed.</para>
2824                <code>
2825            &lt;launchconditions&gt;
2826                &lt;launchcondition name="CheckIIS" condition="(IISVERSION = &amp;quot;#5&amp;quot;)" &gt;
2827                    &lt;description&gt;
2828                        This setup requires Internet information Server 5.x.  Please install Internet Information Server and run this setup again.
2829                    &lt;/description&gt;
2830                &lt;/launchcondition&gt;
2831            &lt;/launchconditions&gt;
2832                </code>
2833            </example>
2834            </summary>
2835        </member>
2836        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerTaskBase.InstallerTablesElement">
2837            <summary>
2838            <para>
2839            Creates custom tables not directly managed by default features of 
2840            the installer task.
2841            </para>
2842            <h3>Parameters</h3>
2843            <list type="table">
2844            <listheader>
2845                <term>Attribute</term>
2846                <term>Type</term>
2847                <term>Description</term>
2848                <term>Required</term>
2849            </listheader>
2850            <item>
2851                <term>name</term>
2852                <term>string</term>
2853                <term>A unique name used to identify the table.</term>
2854                <term>True</term>
2855            </item>
2856            </list>
2857            <h3>Nested Elements:</h3>
2858            <h4>&lt;columns&gt;</h4>
2859                <ul>
2860                    <h4>&lt;column&gt;</h4>
2861                        <ul>
2862                            Defines the columns making up the table
2863                            <h3>Parameters</h3>
2864                            <list type="table">
2865                                  <listheader>
2866                                       <term>Attribute</term>
2867                                       <term>Type</term>
2868                                       <term>Description</term>
2869                                       <term>Required</term>
2870                                  </listheader>
2871                                  <item>
2872                                       <term>name</term>
2873                                       <term>string</term>
2874                                       <term>A unique name used to define the column.</term>
2875                                       <term>True</term>
2876                                  </item>
2877                                  <item>
2878                                       <term>nullable</term>
2879                                       <term>bool</term>
2880                                       <term>When set to <c>true</c>, allows the column to accept null values; <c>false</c> does not allow null values.</term>
2881                                       <term>True</term>
2882                                  </item>
2883                                  <item>
2884                                       <term>category</term>
2885                                       <term>msi:MSITableColumnCategoryType</term>
2886                                       <term>Valid input:
2887                                       <list type="bullet">
2888                                           <item><c>Text</c></item>
2889                                           <item><c>UpperCase</c></item>
2890                                           <item><c>LowerCase</c></item>
2891                                           <item><c>Integer</c></item>
2892                                           <item><c>DoubleInteger</c></item>
2893                                           <item><c>Time/Date</c></item>
2894                                           <item><c>Identifier</c></item>
2895                                           <item><c>Property</c></item>
2896                                           <item><c>Filename</c></item>
2897                                           <item><c>WildCardFilename</c></item>
2898                                           <item><c>Path</c></item>
2899                                           <item><c>Paths</c></item>
2900                                           <item><c>AnyPath</c></item>
2901                                           <item><c>DefaultDir</c></item>
2902                                           <item><c>RegPath</c></item>
2903                                           <item><c>Formatted</c></item>
2904                                           <item><c>Template</c></item>
2905                                           <item><c>Condition</c></item>
2906                                           <item><c>GUID</c></item>
2907                                           <item><c>Version</c></item>
2908                                           <item><c>Language</c></item>
2909                                           <item><c>Binary</c></item>
2910                                           <item><c>Cabinet</c></item>
2911                                           <item><c>Shortcut</c></item>
2912                                       </list>
2913                                       More information here: <a href="http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/en-us/msi/setup/column_data_types.asp">http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/en-us/msi/setup/column_data_types.asp</a>
2914                                       </term>
2915                                       <term>False</term>
2916                                   </item>
2917                                   <item>
2918                                       <term>type</term>
2919                                       <term>string</term>
2920                                       <term>Overrides the <c>category</c> specification.  An example of valid input would be: <c>S255</c></term>
2921                                       <term>False</term>
2922                                   </item>
2923                                   <item>
2924                                       <term>key</term>
2925                                       <term>bool</term>
2926                                       <term>When set to <c>true</c>, the column is used to form the primary key for the table; <c>false</c> specifies that the column is not used to form the primary key.</term>
2927                                       <term>False</term>
2928                                   </item>
2929                                   <item>
2930                                       <term>minvalue</term>
2931                                       <term>int</term>
2932                                       <term>This field applies to columns having numeric value. The field contains the minimum permissible value. This can be the minimum value for an integer or the minimum value for a date or version string.</term>
2933                                       <term>False</term>
2934                                   </item>
2935                                   <item>
2936                                       <term>maxvalue</term>
2937                                       <term>int</term>
2938                                       <term>This field applies to columns having numeric value. The field is the maximum permissible value. This may be the maximum value for an integer or the maximum value for a date or version string. </term>
2939                                       <term>False</term>
2940                                   </item>
2941                                   <item>
2942                                       <term>keytable</term>
2943                                       <term>string</term>
2944                                       <term>This field applies to columns that are external keys. The field identified in Column must link to the column number specified by KeyColumn in the table named in KeyTable. This can be a list of tables separated by semicolons.</term>
2945                                       <term>False</term>
2946                                   </item>
2947                                   <item>
2948                                       <term>keycolumn</term>
2949                                       <term>int</term>
2950                                       <term>This field applies to table columns that are external keys. The field identified in Column must link to the column number specified by KeyColumn in the table named in KeyTable. The permissible range of the KeyColumn field is 1-32.</term>
2951                                       <term>False</term>
2952                                   </item>
2953                                   <item>
2954                                       <term>set</term>
2955                                       <term>string</term>
2956                                       <term>This is a list of permissible values for this field separated by semicolons. This field is usually used for enums.</term>
2957                                       <term>False</term>
2958                                   </item>
2959                                   <item>
2960                                       <term>description</term>
2961                                       <term>string</term>
2962                                       <term>A description of the data that is stored in the column. </term>
2963                                       <term>False</term>
2964                                   </item>
2965                              </list>
2966                         </ul>
2967                     <h4>&lt;/column&gt;</h4>
2968                 </ul>
2969            <h4>&lt;/columns&gt;</h4>
2970            <h4>&lt;rows&gt;</h4>
2971                <ul>
2972                    <h4>&lt;row&gt;</h4>
2973                    <ul>
2974                        Defines the data for a row in the table
2975                        <h4>&lt;columns&gt;</h4>
2976                        <ul>
2977                            <h4>&lt;column&gt;</h4>
2978                            <ul>
2979                                Defines data for a specific cell in the row
2980                                <h3>Parameters</h3>
2981                                <list type="table">
2982                                    <listheader>
2983                                        <term>Attribute</term>
2984                                        <term>Type</term>
2985                                        <term>Description</term>
2986                                        <term>Required</term>
2987                                    </listheader>
2988                                    <item>
2989                                       <term>name</term>
2990                                       <term>string</term>
2991                                       <term>Name of the column to populate.</term>
2992                                       <term>True</term>
2993                                   </item>
2994                                   <item>
2995                                       <term>value</term>
2996                                       <term>string</term>
2997                                       <term>Value to populate the cell with.</term>
2998                                       <term>True</term>
2999                                   </item>
3000                                </list>
3001                            </ul>
3002                            <h4>&lt;/column&gt;</h4>
3003                        </ul>
3004                        <h4>&lt;/columns&gt;</h4>
3005                    </ul>
3006                    <h4>&lt;/row&gt;</h4>
3007                </ul>
3008            <h4>&lt;/rows&gt;</h4>
3009            <h3>Examples</h3>
3010            <example>
3011                <para>
3012                    Build the IniFile table.  Since the WriteIniValues and RemoveIniValues actions exist in the template, they will use this table.
3013                </para>
3014                <code>
3015            &lt;tables&gt;
3016                &lt;table name="IniFile"&gt;
3017                    &lt;columns&gt;
3018                        &lt;column name="IniFile" nullable="false" category="Identifier" key="true" description="The key for this table." /&gt;
3019                        &lt;column name="FileName" nullable="false" category="Text" description="The localizable name of the .ini file in which to write the information. " /&gt;
3020                        &lt;column name="DirProperty" nullable="true" category="Identifier" description="Name of a property having a value that resolves to the full path of the folder containing the .ini file. " /&gt; 
3021                        &lt;column name="Section" nullable="false" category="Formatted" description="The localizable .ini file section." /&gt;
3022                        &lt;column name="Key" nullable="false" category="Formatted" description="The localizable .ini file key within the section" /&gt;
3023                        &lt;column name="Value" nullable="false" category="Formatted" description="The localizable value to be written. " /&gt;
3024                        &lt;column name="Action" nullable="false" category="Integer" description="The type of modification to be made. " /&gt;
3025                        &lt;column name="Component_" nullable="false" category="Identifier" description="External key into the first column of the Component table referencing the component that controls the installation of the .ini value. " /&gt;
3026                    &lt;/columns&gt;
3027                    &lt;rows&gt;
3028                        &lt;row&gt;
3029                            &lt;columns&gt;
3030                                &lt;column name="IniFile" value="MyInternetShortcut" /&gt;
3031                                &lt;column name="FileName" value="MyInternetAddr.url" /&gt;
3032                                &lt;column name="DirProperty" value="D__MYDIR" /&gt;
3033                                &lt;column name="Section" value="InternetShortcut" /&gt;
3034                                &lt;column name="Key" value="URL" /&gt;
3035                                &lt;column name="Value" value="[TARGETURL]" /&gt;
3036                                &lt;column name="Action" value="0" /&gt;
3037                                &lt;column name="Component_" value="C__Documentation" /&gt;
3038                            &lt;/columns&gt;
3039                        &lt;/row&gt;
3040                    &lt;/rows&gt;
3041                &lt;/table&gt;
3042            &lt;/tables&gt;
3043                </code>
3044            </example>
3045            </summary>
3046        </member>
3047        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerTaskBase.InstallerDirectoriesElement">
3048            <summary>
3049            <para>
3050            Specifies the directory layout for the product.
3051            </para>
3052            <h3>Parameters</h3>
3053            <list type="table">
3054                <listheader>
3055                    <term>Attribute</term>
3056                    <term>Type</term>
3057                    <term>Description</term>
3058                    <term>Required</term>
3059                </listheader>
3060                <item>
3061                    <term>name</term>
3062                    <term>string</term>
3063                    <term>A name used to refer to the directory.</term>
3064                    <term>True</term>
3065                </item>
3066                <item>
3067                    <term>foldername</term>
3068                    <term>string</term>
3069                    <term>The directory's name (localizable)under the parent directory.</term>
3070                    <term>True</term>
3071                </item>
3072                <item>
3073                    <term>root</term>
3074                    <term>string</term>
3075                    <term>A reference to the directory's parent directory.  This can be a property name or one of the predefined directories included with the default template:
3076                    <list type="bullet">
3077                        <item><c>AdminToolsFolder</c></item>
3078                        <item><c>AppDataFolder</c></item>
3079                        <item><c>CommonAppDataFolder</c></item>
3080                        <item><c>CommonFiles64Folder</c></item>
3081                        <item><c>CommonFilesFolder</c></item>
3082                        <item><c>DesktopFolder</c></item>
3083                        <item><c>FavoritesFolder</c></item>
3084                        <item><c>FontsFolder</c></item>
3085                        <item><c>LocalAppDataFolder</c></item>
3086                        <item><c>MyPicturesFolder</c></item>
3087                        <item><c>PersonalFolder</c></item>
3088                        <item><c>ProgramFilesFolder</c></item>
3089                        <item><c>ProgramMenuFolder</c></item>
3090                        <item><c>ProgramFiles64Folder</c></item>
3091                        <item><c>SendToFolder</c></item>
3092                        <item><c>StartMenuFolder</c></item>
3093                        <item><c>StartupFolder</c></item>
3094                        <item><c>System16Folder</c></item>
3095                        <item><c>System64Folder</c></item>
3096                        <item><c>SystemFolder</c></item>
3097                        <item><c>TARGETDIR</c></item>
3098                        <item><c>TempFolder</c></item>
3099                        <item><c>TemplateFolder</c></item>
3100                        <item><c>WindowsFolder</c></item>
3101                        <item><c>WindowsVolume</c></item>
3102                       </list>
3103                       </term>
3104                       <term>True</term>
3105                   </item>
3106            </list>
3107            <h3>Nested Elements:</h3>
3108            <h4>&lt;directory&gt;</h4>
3109            <ul>
3110                Sub directories.  Note, this element can contain nested &lt;directory/&gt; sub elements.
3111                <h3>Parameters</h3>
3112                <list type="table">
3113                    <listheader>
3114                        <term>Attribute</term>
3115                        <term>Type</term>
3116                        <term>Description</term>
3117                        <term>Required</term>
3118                    </listheader>
3119                    <item>
3120                        <term>name</term>
3121                        <term>string</term>
3122                        <term>A name used to refer to the directory.</term>
3123                        <term>True</term>
3124                    </item>
3125                    <item>
3126                        <term>foldername</term>
3127                        <term>string</term>
3128                        <term>The directory's name (localizable)under the parent directory.</term>
3129                        <term>True</term>
3130                    </item>
3131                </list>
3132            </ul>
3133            <h4>&lt;/directory&gt;</h4>
3134            <h3>Examples</h3>
3135            <example>
3136                <para>Define a sample directory structure.</para>
3137                <code>
3138            &lt;directories&gt;
3139                &lt;directory name="D__ACME" foldername="ACME" root="TARGETDIR" &gt;
3140                    &lt;directory name="D__ACME_MyProduct" foldername="My Product" /&gt;
3141                &lt;/directory&gt;
3142            &lt;/directories&gt; 
3143                </code>
3144            </example>
3145            </summary>
3146        </member>
3147        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerTaskBase.InstallerEnvironmentElement">
3148            <summary>
3149            <para>
3150            Used to modify the environment variables of the target computer at 
3151            runtime.
3152            </para>
3153            <h3>Parameters</h3>
3154            <list type="table">
3155                <listheader>
3156                       <term>Attribute</term>
3157                       <term>Type</term>
3158                       <term>Description</term>
3159                       <term>Required</term>
3160                </listheader>
3161                <item>
3162                    <term>name</term>
3163                    <term>string</term>
3164                    <term>The localizable name of the environment variable. The key values are written or removed depending upon 
3165                    which of the characters in the following table are prefixed to the name. There is no effect in the ordering of 
3166                    the symbols used in a prefix.
3167                    <list type="table">
3168                        <listheader>
3169                            <term>Prefix</term>
3170                            <description>Description</description>
3171                        </listheader>
3172                        <item>
3173                            <term>=</term>
3174                            <description>Create the environment variable if it does not exist, and then set it during installation. If the environment variable exists, set it during the installation.</description>
3175                        </item>
3176                        <item>
3177                            <term>+</term>
3178                            <description>Create the environment variable if it does not exist, then set it during installation. This has no effect on the value of the environment variable if it already exists.</description>
3179                        </item>
3180                        <item>
3181                            <term>-</term>
3182                            <description>Remove the environment variable when the component is removed. This symbol can be combined with any prefix.</description>
3183                        </item>
3184                        <item>
3185                            <term>!</term>
3186                            <description>Remove the environment variable during an installation. The installer only removes an environment variable during an installation if the name and value of the variable match the entries in the Name and Value fields of the Environment table. If you want to remove an environment variable, regardless of its value, use the '!' syntax, and leave the Value field empty.</description>
3187                        </item>
3188                        <item>
3189                            <term>*</term>
3190                            <description>This prefix is used with Microsoft® Windows® NT/Windows® 2000 to indicate that the name refers to a system environment variable. If no asterisk is present, the installer writes the variable to the user's environment. Microsoft Windows 95/98 ignores the asterisk and add the environment variable to autoexec.bat. This symbol can be combined with any prefix. A package that is used for per-machine installations should write environment variables to the machine's environment by including * in the Name column. For more information, see <a href="http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/en-us/msi/setup/environment_table.asp">http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/en-us/msi/setup/environment_table.asp</a></description>
3191                        </item>
3192                        <item>
3193                            <term>=-</term>
3194                            <description>The environment variable is set on install and removed on uninstall. This is the usual behavior.</description>
3195                        </item>
3196                        <item>
3197                            <term>!-</term>
3198                            <description>Removes an environment variable during an install or uninstall.</description>
3199                        </item>
3200                    </list>
3201                    More information can be found here: <a href="http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/en-us/msi/setup/environment_table.asp">http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/en-us/msi/setup/environment_table.asp</a>
3202                    </term>
3203                    <term>True</term>
3204                </item>
3205                <item>
3206                    <term>append</term>
3207                    <term>string</term>
3208                    <term>Localizable value that is to be set as a <a href="http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/en-us/msi/setup/formatted.asp">formatted</a> string</term>
3209                    <term>True</term>
3210                </item>
3211                <item>
3212                    <term>component</term>
3213                    <term>string</term>
3214                    <term>Refrence to a component.  Allows the variabled to be modified when the component is un/installed.</term>
3215                    <term>True</term>
3216                </item>
3217            </list>
3218            <h3>Examples</h3>
3219            <example>
3220                <para>Append the installation path to the user PATH variable.</para>
3221                <code>
3222            &lt;environment&gt;
3223                &lt;variable name="PATH" append="'[TARGETDIR]'" component="C__MainFiles" /&gt;
3224            &lt;/environment&gt;
3225                </code>
3226            </example>
3227            </summary>
3228        </member>
3229        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerTaskBase.InstallerComponentsElement">
3230            <summary>
3231            <para>
3232            Groups sets of files into named sets, these can be used to install 
3233            and perform operations on a set of files as one entity. 
3234            </para>
3235            <h3>Parameters</h3>
3236            <list type="table">
3237                <listheader>
3238                    <term>Attribute</term>
3239                    <term>Type</term>
3240                    <term>Description</term>
3241                    <term>Required</term>
3242                </listheader>
3243                <item>
3244                    <term>name</term>
3245                    <term>string</term>
3246                    <term>A name used to refer to the component.</term>
3247                    <term>True</term>
3248                </item>
3249                <item>
3250                    <term>id</term>
3251                    <term>string</term>
3252                    <term>A string GUID unique to this component, version, and language.<br/>Note that the letters of these GUIDs must be 
3253                    uppercase. Utilities such as GUIDGEN can generate GUIDs containing lowercase letters. The lowercase letters must be 
3254                    changed to uppercase to make these valid component code GUIDs.
3255                    </term>
3256                    <term>True</term>
3257                </item>
3258                <item>
3259                    <term>attr</term>
3260                    <term>int</term>
3261                    <term>This column contains a bit flag that specifies options for remote execution. Add the indicated bit to the total value in the column to include an option. 
3262                    <list type="table">
3263                        <listheader>
3264                            <term>Value</term>
3265                            <description>Description</description>
3266                        </listheader>
3267                        <item>
3268                            <term>0</term>
3269                            <description>Component cannot be run from source. <br/>
3270                            Set this bit for all components belonging to a feature to prevent the feature from being run-from-network or 
3271                            run-from-source. Note that if a feature has no components, the feature always shows run-from-source and 
3272                            run-from-my-computer as valid options.
3273                            </description>
3274                        </item>
3275                        <item>
3276                            <term>1</term>
3277                            <description>Component can only be run from source. <br/>
3278                            Set this bit for all components belonging to a feature to prevent the feature from being run-from-my-computer. 
3279                            Note that if a feature has no components, the feature always shows run-from-source and run-from-my-computer as 
3280                            valid options.
3281                            </description>
3282                        </item>
3283                        <item>
3284                            <term>2</term>
3285                            <description>Component can run locally or from source.</description>
3286                        </item>
3287                        <item>
3288                            <term>4</term>
3289                            <description>If this bit is set, the value in the key element is used as a key into the Registry table.<br/>
3290                            If the Value field of the corresponding record in the Registry table is null, the Name field in that record must 
3291                            not contain "+", "-", or "*". For more information, see the description of the Name field in Registry table.<br/>
3292                            Setting this bit is recommended for registry entries written to the HKCU hive. This ensures the installer writes 
3293                            the necessary HKCU registry entries when there are multiple users on the same machine.
3294                            </description>
3295                        </item>
3296                        <item>
3297                            <term>16</term>
3298                            <description>If this bit is set, the installer does not remove the component during an uninstall. The installer registers an extra system client for the component in the Windows Installer registry settings.
3299                            </description>
3300                        </item>
3301                        <item>
3302                            <term>32</term>
3303                            <description>If this bit is set, the value in the KeyPath column is a key into the ODBCDataSource table.</description>
3304                        </item>
3305                        <item>
3306                            <term>64</term>
3307                            <description>If this bit is set, the installer reevaluates the value of the statement in the Condition column 
3308                            upon a reinstall. If the value was previously False and has changed to True, the installer installs the component. 
3309                            If the value was previously True and has changed to False, the installer removes the component even if the component 
3310                            has other products as clients. <br/>This bit should only be set for transitive components. See Using Transitive 
3311                            Components.
3312                            </description>
3313                        </item>
3314                        <item>
3315                            <term>128</term>
3316                            <description>If this bit is set, the installer does not install or reinstall the component if a key path file or 
3317                            a key path registry entry for the component already exists. The application does register itself as a client of 
3318                            the component. <br/>
3319                            Use this flag only for components that are being registered by the Registry table.
3320                            </description>
3321                        </item>
3322                        <item>
3323                            <term>256</term>
3324                            <description>Set this bit to mark this as a 64-bit component. This attribute facilitates the installation of 
3325                            packages that include both 32-bit and 64-bit components. If this bit is not set, the component is registered 
3326                            as a 32-bit component.
3327                            </description>
3328                        </item>
3329                    </list>
3330                    </term>
3331                    <term>True</term>
3332                </item>
3333                <item>
3334                    <term>directory</term>
3335                    <term>string</term>
3336                    <term>Refrence to a directory.  Defines the directory location for where the files assigned to the component are to be placed.</term>
3337                    <term>True</term>
3338                </item>
3339                <item>
3340                    <term>feature</term>
3341                    <term>string</term>
3342                    <term>Refrence to a feature.  Maps a feature to the component.  Used to determine if the component is to be installed or not.</term>
3343                    <term>True</term>
3344                </item>
3345                <item>
3346                    <term>condition</term>
3347                    <term>string</term>
3348                    <term>A conditional statement that can control whether a component is installed. If the condition is null or evaluates to 
3349                    true, then the component is enabled. If the condition evaluates to False, then the component is disabled and is not 
3350                    installed.</term>
3351                    <term>False</term>
3352                </item>
3353                <item>
3354                    <term>fileattr</term>
3355                    <term>int</term>
3356                    <term>Integer containing bit flags representing file attributes.<br/> 
3357                    The following table shows the definition of the bit field.
3358                    <list type="table">
3359                        <listheader>
3360                            <term>Value</term>
3361                            <description>Description</description>
3362                        </listheader>
3363                        <item>
3364                            <term>1</term>
3365                            <description>Read-Only</description>
3366                        </item>
3367                        <item>
3368                            <term>2</term>
3369                            <description>Hidden</description>
3370                        </item>
3371                        <item>
3372                            <term>4</term>
3373                            <description>System</description>
3374                        </item>
3375                        <item>
3376                            <term>512</term>
3377                            <description>The file is vital for the proper operation of the component to which it belongs</description>
3378                        </item>
3379                        <item>
3380                            <term>1024</term>
3381                            <description>The file contains a valid checksum. A checksum is required to repair a file that has become corrupted.</description>
3382                        </item>
3383                        <item>
3384                            <term>4096</term>
3385                            <description>This bit must only be added by a patch and if the file is being added by the patch.</description>
3386                        </item>
3387                        <item>
3388                            <term>8192</term>
3389                            <description>The file's source type is uncompressed. If set, ignore the Word Count Summary Property. 
3390                            If neither msidbFileAttributesNoncompressed or msidbFileAttributesCompressed are set, the compression 
3391                            state of the file is specified by the Word Count Summary Property. Do not set both msidbFileAttributesNoncompressed 
3392                            and msidbFileAttributesCompressed.</description>
3393                        </item>
3394                        <item>
3395                            <term>16384</term>
3396                            <description>The file's source type is compressed. If set, ignore the Word Count Summary Property. 
3397                            If neither msidbFileAttributesNoncompressed or msidbFileAttributesCompressed are set, the compression state of 
3398                            the file is specified by the Word Count Summary Property. Do not set both msidbFileAttributesNoncompressed and 
3399                            msidbFileAttributesCompressed.</description>
3400                        </item>
3401                    </list>
3402                    </term>
3403                    <term>False</term>
3404                </item>
3405                <item>
3406                    <term>checkinterop</term>
3407                    <term>bool</term>
3408                    <term>Used to determine if file(s) in the fileset are interop file(s).  If <c>true</c>, extra information will be added in the install
3409                    package to register each interop file. If <c>false</c>, the file(s) will not be not be checked and the extra registration information
3410                    will not be added to the msi. </term>
3411                    <term>False</term>
3412                </item>
3413                <item>
3414                    <term>installassembliestogac</term>
3415                    <term>bool</term>
3416                    <term>Used to determine if assemblies should be installed to the Global Assembly Cache.  
3417                    If <c>true</c>, all assemblies in the fileset will be added to the GAC. If <c>false</c>, the assemblies will be installed
3418                    to the specified directory (as a normal file would).  Note: If an assembly is specified to be installed into the GAC, it will not
3419                    also be installed to the directory specified.</term>
3420                    <term>False</term>
3421                </item>
3422                <item>
3423                    <term>keepsubdirs</term>
3424                    <term>bool</term>
3425                    <term>Used to determine if directories in the fileset should be built.
3426                    If <c>true</c>, all subdirectories of the fileset basedir will be built. If <c>false</c> the directories structure will be
3427                    flattened.  The default is <c>false</c>.</term>
3428                    <term>False</term>
3429                </item>
3430            </list>
3431            <h3>Nested Elements:</h3>
3432            <h4>&lt;keyfile&gt;</h4>
3433                <ul>
3434                    This value points to a file or folder belonging to the component that the installer uses to detect the component. Two components cannot share the same key path value.
3435                    <h3>Parameters</h3>
3436                    <list type="table">
3437                        <listheader>
3438                            <term>Attribute</term>
3439                            <term>Type</term>
3440                            <term>Description</term>
3441                            <term>Required</term>
3442                        </listheader>
3443                        <item>
3444                            <term>file</term>
3445                            <term>string</term>
3446                            <term>Name of the key (file) to use.  Also, this could be an id of a registry key value.</term>
3447                            <term>True</term>
3448                        </item>
3449                    </list>
3450                </ul>
3451            <h4>&lt;/keyfile&gt;</h4>
3452            <h4>&lt;fileset&gt;</h4>
3453                <ul>
3454                    Specifies the files to include with the component
3455                </ul>
3456            <h4>&lt;/fileset&gt;</h4>
3457            <h4>&lt;forceid&gt;</h4>
3458                <ul>
3459                    Used to force specific attributes on a per file basis
3460                    <h3>Parameters</h3>
3461                    <list type="table">
3462                        <listheader>
3463                            <term>Attribute</term>
3464                            <term>Type</term>
3465                            <term>Description</term>
3466                            <term>Required</term>
3467                        </listheader>
3468                        <item>
3469                            <term>file</term>
3470                            <term>string</term>
3471                            <term>Name of the file, in the fileset, to override.</term>
3472                            <term>True</term>
3473                        </item>
3474                        <item>
3475                            <term>id</term>
3476                            <term>string</term>
3477                            <term>Unique GUID to assign to the file.</term>
3478                            <term>True</term>
3479                        </item>
3480                        <item>
3481                            <term>attr</term>
3482                            <term>int</term>
3483                            <term>Integer containing bit flags representing file attributes.<br/> 
3484                    The following table shows the definition of the bit field.
3485                    <list type="table">
3486                        <listheader>
3487                            <term>Value</term>
3488                            <description>Description</description>
3489                        </listheader>
3490                        <item>
3491                            <term>1</term>
3492                            <description>Read-Only</description>
3493                        </item>
3494                        <item>
3495                            <term>2</term>
3496                            <description>Hidden</description>
3497                        </item>
3498                        <item>
3499                            <term>4</term>
3500                            <description>System</description>
3501                        </item>
3502                        <item>
3503                            <term>512</term>
3504                            <description>The file is vital for the proper operation of the component to which it belongs</description>
3505                        </item>
3506                        <item>
3507                            <term>1024</term>
3508                            <description>The file contains a valid checksum. A checksum is required to repair a file that has become corrupted.</description>
3509                        </item>
3510                        <item>
3511                            <term>4096</term>
3512                            <description>This bit must only be added by a patch and if the file is being added by the patch.</description>
3513                        </item>
3514                        <item>
3515                            <term>8192</term>
3516                            <description>The file's source type is uncompressed. If set, ignore the Word Count Summary Property. 
3517                            If neither msidbFileAttributesNoncompressed or msidbFileAttributesCompressed are set, the compression 
3518                            state of the file is specified by the Word Count Summary Property. Do not set both msidbFileAttributesNoncompressed 
3519                            and msidbFileAttributesCompressed.</description>
3520                        </item>
3521                        <item>
3522                            <term>16384</term>
3523                            <description>The file's source type is compressed. If set, ignore the Word Count Summary Property. 
3524                            If neither msidbFileAttributesNoncompressed or msidbFileAttributesCompressed are set, the compression state of 
3525                            the file is specified by the Word Count Summary Property. Do not set both msidbFileAttributesNoncompressed and 
3526                            msidbFileAttributesCompressed.</description>
3527                        </item>
3528                    </list>
3529                            </term>
3530                            <term>False</term>
3531                        </item>
3532                        <item>
3533                            <term>version</term>
3534                            <term>string</term>
3535                            <term>This field is the version string for a versioned file. This field is blank for non-versioned files.</term>
3536                            <term>False</term>
3537                        </item>
3538                        <item>
3539                            <term>language</term>
3540                            <term>string</term>
3541                            <term>A list of decimal language IDs separated by commas.</term>
3542                            <term>False</term>
3543                        </item>
3544                        <item>
3545                            <term>checkinterop</term>
3546                            <term>bool</term>
3547                            <term>Used to determine if file is an interop file.  If <c>true</c>, extra information will be added in the install
3548                    package to register the interop file. If <c>false</c>, the file will not be not be checked and the extra registration information
3549                    will not be added to the msi.</term>
3550                            <term>False</term>
3551                        </item>
3552                        <item>
3553                            <term>installtogac</term>
3554                            <term>bool</term>
3555                            <term>If <c>true</c>, and if the file is an assembly, it will be installed to the GAC. If <c>false</c>, the file 
3556                            will be installed to the directory specified by the component.  Note: If an assembly is specified to 
3557                            be installed into the GAC, it will not also be installed to the directory specified.</term>
3558                            <term>False</term>
3559                        </item>
3560                    </list>
3561                </ul>
3562            <h4>&lt;/forceid&gt;</h4>
3563            <h3>Examples</h3>
3564            <example>
3565                <para>Define a sample component structure.</para>
3566                <code>
3567            &lt;components&gt;
3568                &lt;component name="C__MainFiles" id="{26AA7144-E683-441D-9843-3C79AEC1C636}" attr="2" directory="TARGETDIR" feature="F__MainFiles" &gt;
3569                    &lt;key file="default.aspx" /&gt;
3570                    &lt;fileset basedir="${install.dir}"&gt;
3571                        &lt;include name="*.*" /&gt;
3572                    &lt;/fileset&gt;
3573                &lt;/component&gt;
3574            &lt;/components&gt; 
3575                </code>
3576            </example>
3577            <example>
3578                <para>Install files to TARGETDIR and assemblies to the GAC (Global Assembly Cache).  Do not install MyOtherAssembly.dll to the GAC, but rather install it with the other files (to TARGETDIR)</para>
3579                <code>
3580            &lt;components&gt;
3581                &lt;component name="C__MainFiles" id="{26AA7144-E683-441D-9843-3C79AEC1C636}" attr="2" directory="TARGETDIR" feature="F__MainFiles" installassembliestogac="true" &gt;
3582                    &lt;key file="MyAssemblyName.xml" /&gt;
3583                    &lt;fileset basedir="${install.dir}"&gt;
3584                        &lt;include name="*.*" /&gt;
3585                    &lt;/fileset&gt;
3586                    &lt;forceid file="MyOtherAssembly.dll" id="_4EB7CCB23D394958988ED817DA00B9D1" installtogac="false" /&gt;
3587                &lt;/component&gt;
3588            &lt;/components&gt; 
3589                </code>
3590            </example>
3591            <example>
3592                <para>Assign a registry entry to a specific component.</para>
3593                <code>
3594            &lt;components&gt;
3595                &lt;component name="C__RegistryEntry" id="{06C654AA-273D-4E39-885C-3E5225D9F336}" attr="4" directory="TARGETDIR" feature="F__DefaultFeature" &gt;
3596                    &lt;key file="R__822EC365A8754FACBF6C713BFE4E57F0" /&gt;
3597                &lt;/component&gt;
3598            &lt;/components&gt; 
3599            .
3600            .
3601            .
3602            &lt;registry&gt;
3603                &lt;key path="SOFTWARE\MyCompany\MyProduct\" root="machine" component="C__RegistryEntry"&gt;
3604                     &lt;value id="R__822EC365A8754FACBF6C713BFE4E57F0" name="MyKeyName" value="MyKeyValue" /&gt;
3605                &lt;/key&gt;
3606            &lt;/registry&gt;
3607                </code>
3608            </example>
3609            </summary>
3610        </member>
3611        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerTaskBase.InstallerDialogsElement">
3612            <summary>
3613            <para>
3614            Creates custom dialogs that can gather information not handled by 
3615            the default installer template.
3616            </para>
3617            <h3>Parameters</h3>
3618            <list type="table">
3619                <listheader>
3620                    <term>Attribute</term>
3621                       <term>Type</term>
3622                       <term>Description</term>
3623                       <term>Required</term>
3624                </listheader>
3625                <item>
3626                       <term>name</term>
3627                       <term>string</term>
3628                       <term>A name used to refer to the dialog.</term>
3629                       <term>True</term>
3630                   </item>
3631                <item>
3632                       <term>hcenter</term>
3633                       <term>int</term>
3634                       <term>Horizontal position of the dialog box. The range is 0 to 100, with 0 at the left edge of the screen and 100 at the right edge.</term>
3635                       <term>True</term>
3636                   </item>
3637                <item>
3638                       <term>vcenter</term>
3639                       <term>int</term>
3640                       <term>Vertical position of the dialog box. The range is 0 to 100, with 0 at the top edge of the screen and 100 at the bottom edge.</term>
3641                       <term>True</term>
3642                   </item>
3643                <item>
3644                       <term>width</term>
3645                       <term>int</term>
3646                       <term>Width of the rectangular boundary of the dialog box. This number must be non-negative.</term>
3647                       <term>True</term>
3648                   </item>
3649                <item>
3650                       <term>height</term>
3651                       <term>int</term>
3652                       <term>Height of the rectangular boundary of the dialog box. This number must be non-negative.</term>
3653                       <term>True</term>
3654                   </item>
3655                <item>
3656                       <term>attr</term>
3657                       <term>int</term>
3658                       <term>A 32-bit word that specifies the attribute flags to be applied to this dialog box. This number must be non-negative.
3659                       <list type="table">
3660                           <listheader>
3661                               <term>Value</term>
3662                               <description>Description</description>
3663                           </listheader>
3664                           <item>
3665                               <term>1</term>
3666                               <description>Visible</description>
3667                           </item>
3668                           <item>
3669                               <term>2</term>
3670                               <description>Modal</description>
3671                           </item>
3672                           <item>
3673                               <term>4</term>
3674                               <description>Minimize</description>
3675                           </item>
3676                           <item>
3677                               <term>8</term>
3678                               <description>SysModal</description>
3679                           </item>
3680                           <item>
3681                               <term>16</term>
3682                               <description>KeepModeless</description>
3683                           </item>
3684                           <item>
3685                               <term>32</term>
3686                               <description>TrackDiskSpace</description>
3687                           </item>
3688                           <item>
3689                               <term>64</term>
3690                               <description>UseCustomPalette</description>
3691                           </item>
3692                           <item>
3693                               <term>128</term>
3694                               <description>RTLRO</description>
3695                           </item>
3696                           <item>
3697                               <term>256</term>
3698                               <description>RightAligned</description>
3699                           </item>
3700                           <item>
3701                               <term>512</term>
3702                               <description>LeftScroll</description>
3703                           </item>
3704                           <item>
3705                               <term>896</term>
3706                               <description>BiDi</description>
3707                           </item>
3708                           <item>
3709                               <term>65536</term>
3710                               <description>Error</description>
3711                           </item>
3712                       </list>
3713                       More information here: <a href="http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/en-us/msi/setup/dialog_style_bits.asp">http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/en-us/msi/setup/dialog_style_bits.asp</a>
3714                       </term>
3715                       <term>True</term>
3716                   </item>
3717                <item>
3718                       <term>title</term>
3719                       <term>string</term>
3720                       <term>A localizable text string specifying the title to be displayed in the title bar of the dialog box.</term>
3721                       <term>True</term>
3722                   </item>
3723                <item>
3724                       <term>firstcontrol</term>
3725                       <term>string</term>
3726                       <term>An external key to the second column of the Control table. Combining this field with the Dialog field identifies a 
3727                       unique control in the Control table. This defines the control that takes the focus when the dialog box is created. This 
3728                       column is ignored in an Error dialog box. <br/>
3729                       Because static text cannot take the focus, a Text control that describes an Edit, PathEdit, ListView, ComboBox or 
3730                       VolumeSelectCombo control must be made the first control in the dialog box to ensure compatibility with screen readers.
3731                       </term>
3732                       <term>True</term>
3733                   </item>
3734                <item>
3735                       <term>defaultcontrol</term>
3736                       <term>string</term>
3737                       <term>An external key to the second column of the Control table. Combining this field with the Dialog field results in 
3738                       a primary key into the Control table that defines the default control. Hitting the Return key is equivalent to clicking 
3739                       on the default control. If this column is left blank, then there is no default control. This column is ignored in the 
3740                       Error dialog box. 
3741                       </term>
3742                       <term>True</term>
3743                   </item>
3744                <item>
3745                       <term>cancelcontrol</term>
3746                       <term>string</term>
3747                       <term>An external key to the second column of the Control table. Combining this field with the Dialog field results in 
3748                       a primary key of the Control table that defines the cancel control. Hitting the ESC key or clicking the Close button in 
3749                       the dialog box is equivalent to clicking on the cancel control. This column is ignored in an Error dialog box. <br />
3750                       The cancel control is hidden during rollback or the removal of backed up files. The protected UI handler hides the control 
3751                       upon receiving a INSTALLMESSAGE_COMMONDATA message.
3752                       </term>
3753                       <term>True</term>
3754                   </item>
3755               </list>
3756            <h3>Examples</h3>
3757            <example>
3758                <para>Add a web folder dialog:</para>
3759                <code>
3760            &lt;dialogs&gt;
3761                &lt;dialog name="WebFolderDlg" hcenter="50" vcenter="50" width="370" height="270" attr="39" title="[ProductName] [Setup]" firstcontrol="Next" defaultcontrol="Next" cancelcontrol="Cancel" /&gt;
3762            &lt;/dialogs&gt;
3763                </code>
3764            </example>
3765            </summary>
3766        </member>
3767        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerTaskBase.InstallerControlsElement">
3768            <summary>
3769            <para>
3770            Creates user interface controls displayed on custom dialogs.
3771            </para>
3772            <h3>Parameters</h3>
3773            <list type="table">
3774                <listheader>
3775                    <term>Attribute</term>
3776                       <term>Type</term>
3777                       <term>Description</term>
3778                       <term>Required</term>
3779                </listheader>
3780                <item>
3781                       <term>name</term>
3782                       <term>string</term>
3783                       <term>Name of the control. This name must be unique within a dialog box but can be repeated on different dialog boxes.</term>
3784                       <term>True</term>
3785                   </item>
3786                <item>
3787                       <term>dialog</term>
3788                       <term>string</term>
3789                       <term>Refrence to a dialog.  Used to associate the control with the dialog.</term>
3790                       <term>True</term>
3791                   </item>
3792                <item>
3793                       <term>type</term>
3794                       <term>string</term>
3795                       <term>The type of the control.
3796                       <list type="table">
3797                           <listheader>
3798                               <term>Control name</term>
3799                               <description>Description</description>
3800                           </listheader>
3801                           <item>
3802                               <term>Billboard</term>
3803                               <description>Displays billboards based on progress messages.</description>
3804                           </item>
3805                           <item>
3806                               <term>Bitmap</term>
3807                               <description>Displays a static picture of a bitmap.</description>
3808                           </item>
3809                           <item>
3810                               <term>CheckBox</term>
3811                               <description>A two-state check box.</description>
3812                           </item>
3813                           <item>
3814                               <term>ComboBox</term>
3815                               <description>A drop-down list with an edit field.</description>
3816                           </item>
3817                           <item>
3818                               <term>DirectoryCombo</term>
3819                               <description>Select all except the last segment of the path.</description>
3820                           </item>
3821                           <item>
3822                               <term>DirectoryList</term>
3823                               <description>Displays folders below the main part of path.</description>
3824                           </item>
3825                           <item>
3826                               <term>Edit</term>
3827                               <description>A regular edit field for any string or integer.</description>
3828                           </item>
3829                           <item>
3830                               <term>GroupBox</term>
3831                               <description>Displays a rectangle that groups other controls together.</description>
3832                           </item>
3833                           <item>
3834                               <term>Icon</term>
3835                               <description>Displays a static picture of an icon.</description>
3836                           </item>
3837                           <item>
3838                               <term>Line</term>
3839                               <description>Displays a horizontal line.</description>
3840                           </item>
3841                           <item>
3842                               <term>ListBox</term>
3843                               <description>A drop-down list without an edit field.</description>
3844                           </item>
3845                           <item>
3846                               <term>ListView</term>
3847                               <description>Displays a column of values with icons for selection.</description>
3848                           </item>
3849                           <item>
3850                               <term>MaskedEdit</term>
3851                               <description>An edit field with a mask in the text field.</description>
3852                           </item>
3853                           <item>
3854                               <term>PathEdit</term>
3855                               <description>Displays folder name or entire path in an edit field.</description>
3856                           </item>
3857                           <item>
3858                               <term>ProgressBar</term>
3859                               <description>Bar graph that changes length as it receives progress messages.</description>
3860                           </item>
3861                           <item>
3862                               <term>PushButton</term>
3863                               <description>Displays a basic push button.</description>
3864                           </item>
3865                           <item>
3866                               <term>RadioButtonGroup</term>
3867                               <description>A group of radio buttons.</description>
3868                           </item>
3869                           <item>
3870                               <term>ScrollableText</term>
3871                               <description>Displays a long string of text.</description>
3872                           </item>
3873                           <item>
3874                               <term>SelectionTree</term>
3875                               <description>Displays information from the Feature table and enables the user to change their selection state.</description>
3876                           </item>
3877                           <item>
3878                               <term>Text</term>
3879                               <description>Displays static text.</description>
3880                           </item>
3881                           <item>
3882                               <term>VolumeCostList</term>
3883                               <description>Displays costing information on different volumes.</description>
3884                           </item>
3885                           <item>
3886                               <term>VolumeSelectCombo</term>
3887                               <description>Selects volume from an alphabetical list.</description>
3888                           </item>
3889                       </list>
3890                       More information found here: <a href="http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/en-us/msi/setup/controls.asp">http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/en-us/msi/setup/controls.asp</a></term>
3891                       <term>True</term>
3892                   </item>
3893                <item>
3894                       <term>x</term>
3895                       <term>int</term>
3896                       <term>Horizontal coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangular boundary of the control. This must be a non-negative number.</term>
3897                       <term>True</term>
3898                   </item>
3899                <item>
3900                       <term>y</term>
3901                       <term>int</term>
3902                       <term>Vertical coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangular boundary of the control. This must be a non-negative number.</term>
3903                       <term>True</term>
3904                   </item>
3905                <item>
3906                       <term>width</term>
3907                       <term>int</term>
3908                       <term>Width of the rectangular boundary of the control. This must be a non-negative number.</term>
3909                       <term>True</term>
3910                   </item>
3911                <item>
3912                       <term>height</term>
3913                       <term>int</term>
3914                       <term>Height of the rectangular boundary of the control. This must be a non-negative number.</term>
3915                       <term>True</term>
3916                   </item>
3917                <item>
3918                       <term>attr</term>
3919                       <term>int</term>
3920                       <term>A 32-bit word that specifies the bit flags to be applied to this control. This must be a non-negative number, and the allowed values depend upon the type of control.For a list of all control attributes, and the value to enter in this field, see <a href="http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/en-us/msi/setup/control_attributes.asp">Control Attributes</a>.</term>
3921                       <term>True</term>
3922                   </item>
3923                <item>
3924                       <term>property</term>
3925                       <term>string</term>
3926                       <term>The name of a defined property to be linked to this control. Radio button, list box, and combo box values are tied into a group by being linked to the same property. This column is required for active controls and is ignored by static controls.</term>
3927                       <term>False</term>
3928                   </item>
3929                <item>
3930                       <term>text</term>
3931                       <term>string</term>
3932                       <term>A localizable string used to set the initial text contained in a control. The string can also contain embedded properties.</term>
3933                       <term>False</term>
3934                   </item>
3935                <item>
3936                       <term>nextcontrol</term>
3937                       <term>string</term>
3938                       <term>The name of another control on the same dialog box. If the focus in the dialog box is on the control in the Control column, hitting the tab key moves the focus to the control listed here. Therefore this is used to specify the tab order of the controls on the dialog box. The links between the controls must form a closed cycle. Some controls, such as static text controls, can be left out of the cycle. In that case, this field may be left blank. </term>
3939                       <term>False</term>
3940                   </item>
3941                <item>
3942                       <term>help</term>
3943                       <term>string</term>
3944                       <term>Optional, localizable text strings that are used with the Help button. The string is divided into two parts by a separator character (|). The first part of the string is used as ToolTip text. This text is used by screen readers for controls that contain a picture. The second part of the string is reserved for future use. The separator character is required even if only one of the two kinds of text is present.</term>
3945                       <term>False</term>
3946                   </item>
3947                <item>
3948                       <term>remove</term>
3949                       <term>bool</term>
3950                       <term>If <c>true</c>, the control is removed.  If <c>false</c>, the control is added.</term>
3951                       <term>False</term>
3952                   </item>
3953               </list>
3954            <h3>Examples</h3>
3955            <example>
3956                <para>Remove the Browse button from the customize dialog and add controls for a web dialog</para>
3957                <code>
3958            &lt;controls&gt;
3959                &lt;!-- Remove the Browse button from customize dialog --&gt;
3960                &lt;control dialog="CustomizeDlg" name="Browse" type="PushButton"
3961                    x="304" y="200" width="56" height="17" attr="3" remove="true" /&gt;
3962                &lt;control dialog="CustomizeDlg" name="Tree" type="SelectionTree"
3963                    x="25" y="85" width="175" height="95" attr="7" remove="true" /&gt;
3964            
3965                &lt;!-- Re add the tree control with the proper next control --&gt;
3966                &lt;control dialog="CustomizeDlg" name="Tree" type="SelectionTree"
3967                    x="25" y="85" width="175" height="95" attr="7" 
3968                    property="_BrowseProperty" text="Tree of selections" nextcontrol="Reset" /&gt;
3969            
3970                &lt;!-- Adds the controls associated with the webfolder dialog --&gt;
3971                &lt;control dialog="WebFolderDlg" name="BannerBitmap" type="Bitmap" 
3972                    x="0" y="0" width="374" height="44" attr="1" 
3973                    text="[BannerBitmap]" nextcontrol="VDirLabel" /&gt;
3974                &lt;control dialog="WebFolderDlg" name="Title" type="Text" 
3975                    x="15" y="6" width="200" height="15" attr="196611" 
3976                    text="[DlgTitleFont]Virtual Directory Information" /&gt;
3977                &lt;control dialog="WebFolderDlg" name="Description" type="Text" 
3978                    x="25" y="23" width="280" height="15" attr="196611" 
3979                    text="Please enter your virtual directory and port information." /&gt;
3980                &lt;control dialog="WebFolderDlg" name="BannerLine" type="Line" 
3981                    x="0" y="44" width="374" height="0" attr="1" /&gt;
3982                &lt;control dialog="WebFolderDlg" name="VDirLabel" type="Text" 
3983                    x="18" y="73" width="348" height="15" attr="3" 
3984                    text="&amp;Virtual directory:" 
3985                    nextcontrol="Edit_VDir" /&gt;            
3986                &lt;control dialog="WebFolderDlg" name="Edit_VDir" type="Edit" 
3987                    x="18" y="85" width="252" height="18" attr="7" 
3988                    property="TARGETVDIR" 
3989                    text="[TARGETVDIR]" 
3990                    nextcontrol="PortLabel" /&gt;
3991                &lt;control dialog="WebFolderDlg" name="PortLabel" type="Text" 
3992                    x="18" y="110" width="348" height="15" attr="3" 
3993                    text="&amp;Port:" 
3994                    nextcontrol="Edit_Port" /&gt;            
3995                &lt;control dialog="WebFolderDlg" name="Edit_Port" type="Edit" 
3996                    x="18" y="122" width="48" height="18" attr="7" 
3997                    property="TARGETPORT" 
3998                    text="[TARGETPORT]" 
3999                    nextcontrol="Back" /&gt;
4000                &lt;control dialog="WebFolderDlg" name="BottomLine" type="Line" 
4001                    x="0" y="234" width="374" height="0" attr="1" /&gt;                
4002                &lt;control dialog="WebFolderDlg" name="Back" type="PushButton" 
4003                    x="180" y="243" width="56" height="17" attr="3" 
4004                    text="[ButtonText_Back]" nextcontrol="Next" /&gt;
4005                &lt;control dialog="WebFolderDlg" name="Next" type="PushButton" 
4006                    x="236" y="243" width="56" height="17" attr="3" 
4007                    text="[ButtonText_Next]" nextcontrol="Cancel" /&gt;
4008                &lt;control dialog="WebFolderDlg" name="Cancel" type="PushButton" 
4009                    x="304" y="243" width="56" height="17" attr="3" 
4010                    text="[ButtonText_Cancel]" nextcontrol="BannerBitmap" /&gt;
4011            &lt;/controls&gt;
4012                </code>
4013            </example>
4014            </summary>
4015        </member>
4016        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerTaskBase.InstallerControlConditionsElement">
4017            <summary>
4018            <para>
4019            Used to validate and perform operations as the result of information 
4020            entered by the user into controls on custom dialogs.
4021            </para>
4022            <h3>Parameters</h3>
4023            <list type="table">
4024                <listheader>
4025                    <term>Attribute</term>
4026                       <term>Type</term>
4027                       <term>Description</term>
4028                       <term>Required</term>
4029                </listheader>
4030                <item>
4031                       <term>dialog</term>
4032                       <term>string</term>
4033                       <term>Refrence to a dialog.  Used to associate the control with the dialog.</term>
4034                       <term>True</term>
4035                   </item>
4036                <item>
4037                       <term>control</term>
4038                       <term>string</term>
4039                       <term>Refrence to a control.  Maps to a control for the specified dialog.</term>
4040                       <term>True</term>
4041                   </item>
4042                <item>
4043                       <term>action</term>
4044                       <term>string</term>
4045                       <term>The action that is to be taken on the control. The possible actions are shown in the following table.
4046                       <list type="table">
4047                           <listheader>
4048                               <term>Value</term>
4049                               <description>Description</description>
4050                           </listheader>
4051                           <item>
4052                               <term>Default</term>
4053                               <description>Set control as the default.</description>
4054                           </item>
4055                           <item>
4056                               <term>Disable</term>
4057                               <description>Disable the control.</description>
4058                           </item>
4059                           <item>
4060                               <term>Enable</term>
4061                               <description>Enable the control.</description>
4062                           </item>
4063                           <item>
4064                               <term>Hide</term>
4065                               <description>Hide the control.</description>
4066                           </item>
4067                           <item>
4068                               <term>Show</term>
4069                               <description>Display the control.</description>
4070                           </item>
4071                       </list>
4072                       </term>
4073                       <term>True</term>
4074                   </item>
4075                <item>
4076                       <term>condition</term>
4077                       <term>string</term>
4078                       <term>A conditional statement that specifies under which conditions the action should be triggered. If this statement does not evaluate to TRUE, the action does not take place. If it is set to 1, the action is always applied. </term>
4079                       <term>True</term>
4080                   </item>
4081                <item>
4082                       <term>remove</term>
4083                       <term>bool</term>
4084                       <term>If <c>true</c>, the control condition is removed.  If <c>false</c>, the control condition is added.</term>
4085                       <term>False</term>
4086                   </item>
4087               </list>
4088            <h3>Examples</h3>
4089            <example>
4090                <para>Remove the control condition for the Browse button from the customize dialog and add control conditions for a web dialog</para>
4091                <code>
4092            &lt;controlconditions&gt;
4093                &lt;!-- Remove control condition for Browse button on customizeDlg --&gt;
4094                &lt;controlcondition dialog="CustomizeDlg" control="Browse" action="Hide"
4095                    condition="Installed" remove="true" /&gt;
4096                &lt;!-- Add control conditions for the web folder dialog --&gt;
4097                &lt;controlcondition dialog="WebFolderDlg" control="Back" action="Disable"
4098                    condition="ShowUserRegistrationDlg=&quot;&quot;" /&gt;
4099                &lt;controlcondition dialog="WebFolderDlg" control="Back" action="Enable"
4100                    condition="ShowUserRegistrationDlg&lt;&gt;&quot;&quot;" /&gt;
4101            &lt;/controlconditions&gt;
4102                </code>
4103            </example>
4104            </summary>
4105        </member>
4106        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerTaskBase.InstallerControlEventsElement">
4107            <summary>
4108            <para>
4109            Used to route the flow of the installation process as the result of 
4110            events raised by the user interacting with controls on dialogs.
4111            </para>
4112            <h3>Parameters</h3>
4113            <list type="table">
4114                <listheader>
4115                    <term>Attribute</term>
4116                       <term>Type</term>
4117                       <term>Description</term>
4118                       <term>Required</term>
4119                </listheader>
4120                <item>
4121                       <term>dialog</term>
4122                       <term>string</term>
4123                       <term>Refrence to a dialog.  Used to associate the control with the dialog.</term>
4124                       <term>True</term>
4125                   </item>
4126                <item>
4127                       <term>control</term>
4128                       <term>string</term>
4129                       <term>Refrence to a control.  Maps to a control for the specified dialog.</term>
4130                       <term>True</term>
4131                   </item>
4132                <item>
4133                       <term>name</term>
4134                       <term>string</term>
4135                       <term>An identifier that specifies the type of event that should take place when the user interacts with the control 
4136                       specified by Dialog_ and Control_. For a list of possible values see <a href="http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/en-us/msi/setup/controlevent_overview.asp">ControlEvent Overview</a>. <br/>
4137                       To set a property with a control, put [Property_Name] in this field and the new value in the argument field. Put { } 
4138                       into the argument field to enter the null value.
4139                       </term>
4140                       <term>True</term>
4141                   </item>
4142                <item>
4143                       <term>argument</term>
4144                       <term>string</term>
4145                       <term>A value used as a modifier when triggering a particular event.</term>
4146                       <term>True</term>
4147                   </item>
4148                <item>
4149                       <term>condition</term>
4150                       <term>string</term>
4151                       <term>A conditional statement that determines whether the installer activates the event in the Event column. The installer 
4152                       triggers the event if the conditional statement in the Condition field evaluates to True. Therefore put a 1 in this column 
4153                       to ensure that the installer triggers the event. The installer does not trigger the event if the Condition field contains 
4154                       a statement that evaluates to False. The installer does not trigger an event with a blank in the Condition field unless no 
4155                       other events of the control evaluate to True. If none of the Condition fields for the control named in the Control_ field 
4156                       evaluate to True, the installer triggers the one event having a blank Condition field, and if more than one Condition field 
4157                       is blank it triggers the one event of these with the largest value in the Ordering field.</term>
4158                       <term>False</term>
4159                   </item>
4160                <item>
4161                       <term>order</term>
4162                       <term>int</term>
4163                       <term>An integer used to order several events tied to the same control. This must be a non-negative number.</term>
4164                       <term>False</term>
4165                   </item>
4166                <item>
4167                       <term>remove</term>
4168                       <term>bool</term>
4169                       <term>If <c>true</c>, the control condition is removed.  If <c>false</c>, the control condition is added.</term>
4170                       <term>False</term>
4171                   </item>
4172               </list>
4173            <h3>Examples</h3>
4174            <example>
4175                <para>Remove the control events for the Browse button from the customize dialog and add events conditions for a web dialog</para>
4176                <code>
4177            <!-- Make sure the dialog is put into the execute order -->
4178            &lt;controlevents&gt;
4179                &lt;!-- Remove the old control events --&gt;
4180                &lt;controlevent dialog="UserRegistrationDlg" control="Next" name="NewDialog" 
4181                    argument="SetupTypeDlg" condition="ProductID" remove="true" /&gt;
4182                &lt;controlevent dialog="SetupTypeDlg" control="Back" name="NewDialog" 
4183                    argument="LicenseAgreementDlg" condition="ShowUserRegistrationDlg &lt;&gt; 1" remove="true" /&gt;
4184                &lt;controlevent dialog="SetupTypeDlg" control="Back" name="NewDialog" 
4185                    argument="UserRegistrationDlg" condition="ShowUserRegistrationDlg = 1" remove="true" /&gt;
4186                &lt;!-- Remove control events for Browse button on CustomizeDlg --&gt;
4187                &lt;controlevent dialog="CustomizeDlg" control="Browse" name="SelectionBrowse" 
4188                    argument="BrowseDlg" condition="1" remove="true" /&gt;                
4189            
4190                &lt;!-- Add new control events for the web dialog --&gt;
4191                &lt;controlevent dialog="UserRegistrationDlg" control="Next" name="NewDialog" 
4192                    argument="WebFolderDlg" condition="ProductID" /&gt;                        
4193                &lt;controlevent dialog="SetupTypeDlg" control="Back" name="NewDialog" 
4194                    argument="WebFolderDlg" condition="ShowWebFolderDlg &lt;&gt; 1" /&gt;
4195                &lt;controlevent dialog="SetupTypeDlg" control="Back" name="NewDialog" 
4196                    argument="WebFolderDlg" condition="ShowWebFolderDlg = 1" /&gt;
4197                &lt;controlevent dialog="WebFolderDlg" control="Cancel" name="SpawnDialog" 
4198                    argument="CancelDlg" order="0" /&gt;
4199                &lt;controlevent dialog="WebFolderDlg" control="Back" name="NewDialog" 
4200                    argument="LicenseAgreementDlg" condition="ShowUserRegistrationDlg&lt;&gt;1" 
4201                    order="0" /&gt;
4202                &lt;controlevent dialog="WebFolderDlg" control="Back" name="NewDialog" 
4203                    argument="UserRegistrationDlg" condition="ShowUserRegistrationDlg=1" 
4204                    order="0" /&gt;
4205                &lt;!-- Virtual Directory Control Events --&gt;
4206                &lt;controlevent dialog="WebFolderDlg" control="Next" name="DoAction" 
4207                    argument="WEBCA_CreateURLs" condition="1" order="0" /&gt;
4208                &lt;controlevent dialog="WebFolderDlg" control="Next" name="DoAction" 
4209                    argument="WEBCA_EvaluateURLsMB" condition="1" order="1" /&gt;
4210                &lt;controlevent dialog="WebFolderDlg" control="Next" name="SetTargetPath" 
4211                    argument="TARGETDIR" condition="1" order="2" /&gt;
4212                &lt;controlevent dialog="WebFolderDlg" control="Next" name="NewDialog" 
4213                    argument="SetupTypeDlg" condition="1" order="3" /&gt;
4214            &lt;/controlevents&gt;
4215                </code>
4216            </example>
4217            </summary>
4218        </member>
4219        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerTaskBase.InstallerRegistryElement">
4220            <summary>
4221            <para>
4222            Makes modifications to the Windows Registry of the target computer 
4223            at runtime.
4224            </para>
4225            <h3>Parameters</h3>
4226            <list type="table">
4227                <listheader>
4228                    <term>Attribute</term>
4229                       <term>Type</term>
4230                       <term>Description</term>
4231                       <term>Required</term>
4232                </listheader>
4233                <item>
4234                       <term>component</term>
4235                       <term>string</term>
4236                       <term>Refrence to a component.  The component that controls the installation of the registry value.</term>
4237                       <term>True</term>
4238                   </item>
4239                <item>
4240                       <term>root</term>
4241                       <term>msi:MSIRegistryKeyRoot</term>
4242                       <term>Valid input: 
4243                           <list type="bullet">
4244                                  <item><c>dependent</c> - If this is a per-user installation, the registry value is written under HKEY_CURRENT_USER.  If this is a per-machine installation, the registry value is written under HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE. Note that a per-machine installation is specified by setting the ALLUSERS property to 1.</item>
4245                               <item><c>machine</c> represents HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE</item>
4246                               <item><c>classes</c> represents HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT</item>
4247                               <item><c>user</c> represents HKEY_CURRENT_USER</item>
4248                               <item><c>users</c> represents HKEY_USERS</item>
4249                           </list>
4250                       </term>
4251                       <term>True</term>
4252                   </item>
4253                <item>
4254                       <term>path</term>
4255                       <term>string</term>
4256                       <term>Registry key.</term>
4257                       <term>True</term>
4258                   </item>
4259               </list>
4260               <h3>Nested Elements:</h3>
4261               <h4>&lt;value&gt;</h4>
4262                   <ul>
4263                       Specifies the registry value to add to the target machine.
4264                       <list type="table">
4265                           <listheader>
4266                               <term>Attribute</term>
4267                               <term>Type</term>
4268                               <term>Description</term>
4269                               <term>Required</term>
4270                           </listheader>
4271                           <item>
4272                               <term>name</term>
4273                               <term>string</term>
4274                               <term>The registry value name (localizable). If this is Null, then the data entered into the Value column are 
4275                               written to the default registry key. <br/>
4276                               If the Value column is Null, then the strings shown in the following table in the Name column have special 
4277                               significance.
4278                               <list type="table">
4279                                   <listheader>
4280                                       <term>String</term>
4281                                       <description>Description</description>
4282                                   </listheader>
4283                                   <item>
4284                                       <term>+</term>
4285                                       <description>The key is to be created, if absent, when the component is installed.</description>
4286                                   </item>
4287                                   <item>
4288                                       <term>-</term>
4289                                       <description>The key is to be deleted, if present, with all of its values and subkeys, when the component is uninstalled.</description>
4290                                   </item>
4291                                   <item>
4292                                       <term>*</term>
4293                                       <description>The key is to be created, if absent, when the component is installed. Additionally, the key is to be deleted, if present, with all of its values and subkeys, when the component is uninstalled.</description>
4294                                   </item>
4295                               </list>
4296                               </term>
4297                               <term>False</term>
4298                           </item>
4299                           <item>
4300                               <term>value</term>
4301                               <term>string</term>
4302                               <term>The localizable registry value. The field is <a href="http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/en-us/msi/setup/formatted.asp">Formatted</a>. If the value is attached to one of the following prefixes (i.e. #%value) then the value is interpreted as described in the table. Note that each prefix begins with a number sign (#). If the value begins with two or more consecutive number signs (#), the first # is ignored and value is interpreted and stored as a string. 
4303                               <list type="table">
4304                                   <listheader>
4305                                       <term>Prefix</term>
4306                                       <description>Description</description>
4307                                   </listheader>
4308                                   <item>
4309                                       <term>#x</term>
4310                                       <description>The value is interpreted and stored as a hexadecimal value (REG_BINARY).</description>
4311                                   </item>
4312                                   <item>
4313                                       <term>#%</term>
4314                                       <description>The value is interpreted and stored as an expandable string (REG_EXPAND_SZ).</description>
4315                                   </item>
4316                                   <item>
4317                                       <term>#</term>
4318                                       <description>The value is interpreted and stored as an integer (REG_DWORD).</description>
4319                                   </item>
4320                               </list>
4321                               <list type="bullet">
4322                                   <item>If the value contains the sequence tilde [~], then the value is interpreted as a Null-delimited list of strings (REG_MULTI_SZ). For example, to specify a list containing the three strings a, b and c, use "a[~]b[~]c." </item>
4323                                   <item>The sequence [~] within the value separates the individual strings and is interpreted and stored as a Null character.</item>
4324                                   <item>If a [~] precedes the string list, the strings are to be appended to any existing registry value strings. If an appending string already occurs in the registry value, the original occurrence of the string is removed.</item>
4325                                   <item>If a [~] follows the end of the string list, the strings are to be prepended to any existing registry value strings. If a prepending string already occurs in the registry value, the original occurrence of the string is removed.</item>
4326                                   <item>If a [~] is at both the beginning and the end or at neither the beginning nor the end of the string list, the strings are to replace any existing registry value strings.</item>
4327                                   <item>Otherwise, the value is interpreted and stored as a string (REG_SZ). </item>
4328                               </list>
4329                               </term>
4330                               <term>False</term>
4331                           </item>
4332                           <item>
4333                               <term>dword</term>
4334                               <term>string</term>
4335                               <term>A dword value to input, if the value attribute is null.  This removes the requirement of adding "#" before the value.</term>
4336                               <term>False</term>
4337                           </item>
4338                           <item>
4339                               <term>id</term>
4340                               <term>string</term>
4341                               <term>Primary key used to identify a registry record.</term>
4342                               <term>False</term>
4343                           </item>
4344                       </list>
4345                   </ul>
4346               <h4>&lt;/value&gt;</h4>
4347            <h3>Examples</h3>
4348            <example>
4349                <para>Add the a couple registry entries on the target machine.</para>
4350                <code>
4351            &lt;registry&gt;
4352                &lt;key component="C__MainFiles" root="machine" path="SOFTWARE\ACME\My Product\" &gt;
4353                    &lt;value name="ProductVersion" value="1.0.0" /&gt;
4354                    &lt;value name="ProductDir" value="[TARGETDIR]" /&gt;
4355                    &lt;value name="VirtualDir" value="[TARGETVDIR]" /&gt;
4356                &lt;/key&gt;
4357            &lt;/registry&gt;
4358                </code>
4359            </example>
4360            <example>
4361                <para>Add a default key value to the specified registry key path</para>
4362                <code>
4363            &lt;registry&gt;
4364                &lt;key component="C__MainFiles" root="machine" path="SOFTWARE\ACME\My Product\" &gt;
4365                    &lt;value value="1.0.0" /&gt;
4366                &lt;/key&gt;
4367            &lt;/registry&gt;
4368                </code>
4369            </example>
4370            <example>
4371                <para>Another way to add a default key value to the specified registry key path</para>
4372                <code>
4373            &lt;registry&gt;
4374                &lt;key component="C__MainFiles" root="machine" path="SOFTWARE\ACME\My Product\" &gt;
4375                    &lt;value name="" value="1.0.0" /&gt;
4376                &lt;/key&gt;
4377            &lt;/registry&gt;
4378                </code>
4379            </example>
4380            <example>
4381                <para>Specify hexadecimal value (REG_BINARY) for the default key</para>
4382                <code>
4383            &lt;registry&gt;
4384                &lt;key component="C__MainFiles" root="machine" path="SOFTWARE\ACME\My Product\" &gt;
4385                    &lt;value&gt;
4386            1a,81,0a,03,01,00,06,00,00,00,d3,15,fd,00,01,00,00,00,00,00,01,
4387            00,00,00,00,00,00,00,00,00,00,00,b0,90,ce,09,01,00,00,00,00,00,ff,ff,ff,00,
4388            00,00,00,00,00,00,00,00,6d,7a,0a,03,01,00,00,00,00,00,00,00,38,40,00,00,00,
4389            00,00,00,00,00,00,00,00,00,90,01,00,00,00,00,00,01,00,00,00,00,0f,00,00,00,
4390            f0,ff,ff,ff,54,69,6d,65,73,20,4e,65,77,20,52,6f,6d,61,6e,f4,6f,d4,08,02,00
4391                    &lt;/value&gt;
4392                &lt;/key&gt;
4393            &lt;/registry&gt;
4394                </code>
4395            </example>
4396            </summary>
4397        </member>
4398        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerTaskBase.InstallerIconsElement">
4399            <summary>
4400            <para>
4401            Stores icons to be used with shortcuts, file extensions, CLSIDs or 
4402            similar uses.
4403            </para>
4404            <h3>Parameters</h3>
4405            <list type="table">
4406                <listheader>
4407                    <term>Attribute</term>
4408                       <term>Type</term>
4409                       <term>Description</term>
4410                       <term>Required</term>
4411                </listheader>
4412                <item>
4413                       <term>name</term>
4414                       <term>string</term>
4415                       <term>Name of the icon file.</term>
4416                       <term>True</term>
4417                   </item>
4418                <item>
4419                       <term>value</term>
4420                       <term>string</term>
4421                       <term>The binary icon data in PE (.dll or .exe) or icon (.ico) format.</term>
4422                       <term>True</term>
4423                   </item>
4424               </list>
4425            <h3>Examples</h3>
4426            <example>
4427                <para>Add a compiled help icon to the msi database; To be used with a shortcut.</para>
4428                <code>
4429            &lt;icons&gt;
4430                &lt;icon name="CHMICON" value="${resource.dir}\chm.ico" /&gt;
4431            &lt;/icons&gt;
4432                </code>
4433            </example>
4434            </summary>
4435        </member>
4436        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerTaskBase.InstallerShortcutsElement">
4437            <summary>
4438            <para>
4439            Creates shortcuts on the target computer.
4440            </para>
4441            <h3>Parameters</h3>
4442            <list type="table">
4443                <listheader>
4444                    <term>Attribute</term>
4445                       <term>Type</term>
4446                       <term>Description</term>
4447                       <term>Required</term>
4448                </listheader>
4449                <item>
4450                       <term>name</term>
4451                       <term>string</term>
4452                       <term>Unique name identifying the shortcut.</term>
4453                       <term>True</term>
4454                   </item>
4455                <item>
4456                       <term>directory</term>
4457                       <term>string</term>
4458                       <term>Reference to a directory.  The location of where the shortcut should be created.</term>
4459                       <term>True</term>
4460                   </item>
4461                <item>
4462                       <term>filename</term>
4463                       <term>string</term>
4464                       <term>The localizable name of the shortcut to be created.</term>
4465                       <term>True</term>
4466                   </item>
4467                <item>
4468                       <term>component</term>
4469                       <term>string</term>
4470                       <term>Reference to a component.  The installer uses the installation state of this specified component to determine whether the shortcut is created or deleted. This component must have a valid key path for the shortcut to be installed. If the Target column contains the name of a feature, the file launched by the shortcut is the key file of the component listed in this column. </term>
4471                       <term>True</term>
4472                   </item>
4473                <item>
4474                       <term>target</term>
4475                       <term>string</term>
4476                       <term>The shortcut target.  The installer evaluates this field as a Formatted string. The field should contains a property identifier enclosed by square brackets ([ ]), that is expanded into the file or a folder pointed to by the shortcut.</term>
4477                       <term>True</term>
4478                   </item>
4479                <item>
4480                       <term>arguments</term>
4481                       <term>string</term>
4482                       <term>The command-line arguments for the shortcut. <br/>Note that the resolution of properties in the Arguments field is limited. A property formatted as [Property] in this field can only be resolved if the property already has the intended value when the component owning the shortcut is installed. For example, for the argument "[#MyDoc.doc]" to resolve to the correct value, the same process must be installing the file MyDoc.doc and the component that owns the shortcut.
4483                       </term>
4484                       <term>False</term>
4485                   </item>
4486                <item>
4487                       <term>hotkey</term>
4488                       <term>string</term>
4489                       <term>The hotkey for the shortcut. The low-order byte contains the virtual-key code for the key, and the high-order byte contains modifier flags. This must be a non-negative number. Authors of installation packages are generally recommend not to set this option, because this can add duplicate hotkeys to a users desktop. In addition, the practice of assigning hotkeys to shortcuts can be problematic for users using hotkeys for accessibility.</term>
4490                       <term>False</term>
4491                   </item>
4492                <item>
4493                       <term>icon</term>
4494                       <term>string</term>
4495                       <term>Reference to an icon.  </term>
4496                       <term>False</term>
4497                   </item>
4498                <item>
4499                       <term>iconindex</term>
4500                       <term>int</term>
4501                       <term>The icon index for the shortcut. This must be a non-negative number.</term>
4502                       <term>False</term>
4503                   </item>
4504                <item>
4505                       <term>showcmd</term>
4506                       <term>int</term>
4507                       <term>The Show command for the application window. <br/>The following values may be used. The values are as defined for the Windows API function ShowWindow.
4508                       <list type="table">
4509                           <listheader>
4510                               <term>Value</term>
4511                               <description>Description</description>
4512                           </listheader>
4513                           <item>
4514                               <term>1</term>
4515                               <description>SW_SHOWNORMAL</description>
4516                           </item>
4517                           <item>
4518                               <term>3</term>
4519                               <description>SW_SHOWMAXIMIZED</description>
4520                           </item>
4521                           <item>
4522                               <term>7</term>
4523                               <description>SW_SHOWMINNOACTIVE</description>
4524                           </item>
4525                       </list>
4526                       </term>
4527                       <term>False</term>
4528                   </item>
4529                <item>
4530                       <term>wkdir</term>
4531                       <term>string</term>
4532                       <term>The name of the property that has the path of the working directory for the shortcut.</term>
4533                       <term>False</term>
4534                   </item>
4535               </list>
4536               <h3>Nested Elements:</h3>
4537               <h4>&lt;description&gt;</h4>
4538               <ul>
4539               The localizable description of the shortcut. 
4540               </ul>
4541               <h4>&lt;/description&gt;</h4>
4542            <h3>Examples</h3>
4543            <example>
4544                <para>Add a compiled help icon to the msi database; To be used with a shortcut.</para>
4545                <code>
4546            &lt;shortcuts&gt;
4547                &lt;shortcut name="HelpFiles" directory="D__PROGRAMMENU_ACME_MYPRODUCT" filename="Help File" component="C__MainFiles" target="[$C__MainFiles]\Help.chm" icon="CHMICON" iconindex="0" showcmd="3" &gt;
4548                    &lt;description&gt;My Product help documentation&lt;/description&gt;
4549                &lt;/shortcut&gt;
4550            &lt;/shortcuts&gt;
4551                </code>
4552            </example>
4553            </summary>
4554        </member>
4555        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerTaskBase.InstallerBinariesElement">
4556            <summary>
4557            <para>
4558            Stores the binary data for items such as bitmaps, animations, and 
4559            icons. The binary table is also used to store data for custom 
4560            actions.
4561            </para>
4562            <h3>Parameters</h3>
4563            <list type="table">
4564                <listheader>
4565                    <term>Attribute</term>
4566                       <term>Type</term>
4567                       <term>Description</term>
4568                       <term>Required</term>
4569                </listheader>
4570                <item>
4571                       <term>name</term>
4572                       <term>string</term>
4573                       <term>A unique key that identifies the particular binary data. If the binary data is for a control, the key appears in the Text column of the associated control in the Control table. This key must be unique among all controls requiring binary data.</term>
4574                       <term>True</term>
4575                   </item>
4576                <item>
4577                       <term>value</term>
4578                       <term>string</term>
4579                       <term>The binary file to add.</term>
4580                       <term>True</term>
4581                   </item>
4582               </list>
4583            <h3>Examples</h3>
4584            <example>
4585                <para>Add the custom action dll to create/modify virtual directories</para>
4586                <code>
4587            &lt;binaries&gt;
4588                &lt;binary name="MSVBDPCADLL" value="${resource.dir}\MSVBDPCA.DLL" /&gt;
4589            &lt;/binaries&gt;
4590                </code>
4591            </example>
4592            </summary>
4593        </member>
4594        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerTaskBase.InstallerCustomActionsElement">
4595            <summary>
4596            <para>
4597            Used to configure executables that may be run during steps in the 
4598            installation process to do things outside the bounds of MSI 
4599            technology's feature set. This is the main spot you can extend MSI 
4600            technology to perform custom processes via compiled code.
4601            </para>
4602            <h3>Parameters</h3>
4603            <list type="table">
4604                <listheader>
4605                    <term>Attribute</term>
4606                       <term>Type</term>
4607                       <term>Description</term>
4608                       <term>Required</term>
4609                </listheader>
4610                <item>
4611                       <term>action</term>
4612                       <term>string</term>
4613                       <term>Name of the action. The action normally appears in a sequence table unless it is called by another custom action. If the name matches any built-in action, then the custom action is never called. </term>
4614                       <term>True</term>
4615                   </item>
4616                <item>
4617                       <term>type</term>
4618                       <term>string</term>
4619                       <term>A field of flag bits specifying the basic type of custom action and options. See <a href="http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/en-us/msi/setup/summary_list_of_all_custom_action_types.asp">Summary List of All Custom Action Types</a> for a list of the basic types. See <a href="http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/en-us/msi/setup/custom_action_return_processing_options.asp">Custom Action Return Processing Options</a>, <a href="http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/en-us/msi/setup/custom_action_execution_scheduling_options.asp">Custom Action Execution Scheduling Options</a>, <a href="http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/en-us/msi/setup/custom_action_hidden_target_option.asp">Custom Action Hidden Target Option</a>, and <a href="http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/en-us/msi/setup/custom_action_in_script_execution_options.asp">Custom Action In-Script Execution Options</a>. </term>
4620                       <term>True</term>
4621                   </item>
4622                <item>
4623                       <term>source</term>
4624                       <term>string</term>
4625                       <term>A property name or external key into another table. For a discussion of the possible custom action sources, see <a href="http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/en-us/msi/setup/custom_action_sources.asp">Custom Action Sources</a> and the <a href="http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/en-us/msi/setup/summary_list_of_all_custom_action_types.asp">Summary List of All Custom Action Types</a>. For example, the Source column may contain an external key into the first column of one of the following tables containing the source of the custom action code. <br/>
4626                       Directory table for calling existing executables.<br/>
4627                       File table for calling executables and DLLs that have just been installed.<br/>
4628                       Binary table for calling executables, DLLs, and data stored in the database.<br/>
4629                       Property table for calling executables whose paths are held by a property.
4630                       </term>
4631                       <term>True</term>
4632                   </item>
4633                <item>
4634                       <term>target</term>
4635                       <term>string</term>
4636                       <term>An execution parameter that depends on the basic type of custom action. See the Summary List of All Custom Action Types for a description of what should be entered in this field for each type of custom action. For example, this field may contain the following depending on the custom action. 
4637                       <list type="table">
4638                           <listheader>
4639                               <term>Target</term>
4640                               <term>Custom Action</term>
4641                           </listheader>
4642                           <item>
4643                               <term>Entry point (required)</term>
4644                               <term>Calling a DLL.</term>
4645                           </item>
4646                           <item>
4647                               <term>Executable name with arguments (required)</term>
4648                               <term>Calling an existing executable.</term>
4649                           </item>
4650                           <item>
4651                               <term>Command line arguments (optional)</term>
4652                               <term>Calling an executable just installed.</term>
4653                           </item>
4654                           <item>
4655                               <term>Target file name (required)</term>
4656                               <term>Creating a file from custom data.</term>
4657                           </item>
4658                           <item>
4659                               <term>Null</term>
4660                               <term>Executing script code.</term>
4661                           </item>
4662                       </list>
4663                       </term>
4664                       <term>True</term>
4665                   </item>
4666               </list>
4667            <h3>Examples</h3>
4668            <example>
4669                <para>Add some custom actions related to the virtual directory dialog and custom action.</para>
4670                <code>
4671            &lt;customactions&gt;
4672                &lt;!-- Custom actions creating entry points into the custom action dll specified in the binary table --&gt;
4673                &lt;customaction action="WEBCA_GatherWebFolderProperties" type="1" source="MSVBDPCADLL" target="GatherWebFolderProperties" /&gt;
4674                &lt;customaction action="WEBCA_ApplyWebFolderProperties" type="1537" source="MSVBDPCADLL" target="ApplyWebFolderProperties" /&gt;
4675                &lt;customaction action="WEBCA_RollbackApplyWebFolderProperties" type="1281" source="MSVBDPCADLL" target="RollbackApplyWebFolderProperties" /&gt;
4676                &lt;customaction action="WEBCA_CreateURLs" type="1" source="MSVBDPCADLL" target="CreateURLs" /&gt;
4677                &lt;customaction action="WEBCA_EvaluateURLs" type="1" source="MSVBDPCADLL" target="EvaluateURLs" /&gt;
4678                &lt;customaction action="WEBCA_EvaluateURLsNoFail" type="1" source="MSVBDPCADLL" target="EvaluateURLsNoFail" /&gt;
4679                &lt;customaction action="WEBCA_EvaluateURLsMB" type="1" source="MSVBDPCADLL" target="EvaluateURLsMB" /&gt;
4680                &lt;customaction action="WEBCA_CreateAppRoots" type="1" source="MSVBDPCADLL" target="CreateAppRoots" /&gt;
4681                
4682                &lt;!-- Custom actions to set default control values in the webfolder dialog --&gt;
4683                &lt;customaction action="WEBCA_TARGETVDIR" type="307" source="TARGETVDIR" target="Default VDir" /&gt;
4684                &lt;customaction action="WEBCA_TARGETPORT" type="307" source="TARGETPORT" target="80" /&gt;
4685            &lt;/customactions&gt;
4686                </code>
4687            </example>
4688            </summary>
4689        </member>
4690        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerTaskBase.InstallerSequencesElement">
4691            <summary>
4692            <para>
4693            Used to modify the sequence of tasks/events that execute during the 
4694            overall installation process.
4695            </para>
4696            <h3>Parameters</h3>
4697            <list type="table">
4698                <listheader>
4699                    <term>Attribute</term>
4700                       <term>Type</term>
4701                       <term>Description</term>
4702                       <term>Required</term>
4703                </listheader>
4704                <item>
4705                       <term>type</term>
4706                       <term>msi:MSISequenceTable</term>
4707                       <term>Valid inputs:
4708                           <list type="bullet">
4709                               <item><c>installexecute</c> represents <a href="http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/en-us/msi/setup/installexecutesequence_table.asp">InstallExecuteSequence Table</a>.</item>
4710                               <item><c>installui</c> represents <a href="http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/en-us/msi/setup/installuisequence_table.asp">InstallUISequence Table</a></item>
4711                               <item><c>adminexecute</c> represents <a href="http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/en-us/msi/setup/adminexecutesequence_table.asp">AdminExecuteSequence Table</a></item>
4712                               <item><c>adminui</c> represents <a href="http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/en-us/msi/setup/adminuisequence_table.asp">AdminUISequence Table</a></item>
4713                               <item><c>advtexecute</c> represents <a href="http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/en-us/msi/setup/advtuisequence_table.asp">AdvtUISequence Table</a></item>
4714                           </list>
4715                       </term>
4716                       <term>True</term>
4717                   </item>
4718                <item>
4719                       <term>action</term>
4720                       <term>string</term>
4721                       <term>Name of the action to execute. This is either a built-in action or a custom action.</term>
4722                       <term>True</term>
4723                   </item>
4724                <item>
4725                       <term>value</term>
4726                       <term>int</term>
4727                       <term>Number that determines the sequence position in which this action is to be executed. <br/>
4728                       A positive value represents the sequence position. A Null value indicates that the action is not executed. The following 
4729                       negative values indicate that this action is to be executed if the installer returns the associated termination flag. No 
4730                       more than one action may have a negative value entered in the Sequence field.
4731                       <list type="table">
4732                           <listheader>
4733                               <term>Value</term>
4734                               <description>Description</description>
4735                           </listheader>
4736                           <item>
4737                               <term>-1</term>
4738                               <description>Successful completion.</description>
4739                           </item>
4740                           <item>
4741                               <term>-2</term>
4742                               <description>User terminates install.</description>
4743                           </item>
4744                           <item>
4745                               <term>-3</term>
4746                               <description>Fatal exit terminates.</description>
4747                           </item>
4748                           <item>
4749                               <term>-4</term>
4750                               <description>Install is suspended.</description>
4751                           </item>
4752                       </list>
4753                       </term>
4754                       <term>True</term>
4755                   </item>
4756                <item>
4757                       <term>condition</term>
4758                       <term>string</term>
4759                       <term>This field contains a conditional expression. If the expression evaluates to False, then the action is skipped. If the expression syntax is invalid, then the sequence terminates, returning iesBadActionData. </term>
4760                       <term>False</term>
4761                   </item>
4762               </list>
4763            <h3>Examples</h3>
4764            <example>
4765                <para>Add the sequences to support virtual directories</para>
4766                <code>
4767            &lt;sequences&gt;
4768                &lt;sequence type="installexecute" action="WEBCA_TARGETVDIR" value="750" condition="TARGETVDIR=&amp;quot;&amp;quot;" /&gt;
4769                &lt;sequence type="installexecute" action="WEBCA_TARGETPORT" value="750" condition="TARGETPORT=&amp;quot;&amp;quot;" /&gt;                                    
4770                &lt;sequence type="installexecute" action="WEBCA_CreateURLs" value="752" condition="NOT Installed" /&gt;
4771                &lt;sequence type="installexecute" action="WEBCA_EvaluateURLs" value="753" condition="NOT Installed" /&gt;
4772                &lt;sequence type="installexecute" action="WEBCA_GatherWebFolderProperties" value="3701" condition="NOT Installed" /&gt;
4773                &lt;sequence type="installexecute" action="WEBCA_ApplyWebFolderProperties" value="3701" condition="NOT Installed" /&gt;
4774                &lt;sequence type="installexecute" action="WEBCA_RollbackApplyWebFolderProperties" value="3701" condition="NOT Installed" /&gt;
4775                &lt;sequence type="installexecute" action="WEBCA_CreateAppRoots" value="3701" condition="NOT Installed" /&gt;
4776                &lt;sequence type="installui" action="WEBCA_TARGETVDIR" value="750" condition="TARGETVDIR=&amp;quot;&amp;quot;" /&gt;
4777                &lt;sequence type="installui" action="WEBCA_TARGETPORT" value="750" condition="TARGETPORT=&amp;quot;&amp;quot;" /&gt;
4778                &lt;sequence type="installui" action="WEBCA_CreateURLs" value="752" condition="NOT Installed" /&gt;
4779                &lt;sequence type="installui" action="WEBCA_EvaluateURLsNoFail" value="753" condition="NOT Installed" /&gt;
4780                &lt;sequence type="adminexecute" action="WEBCA_TARGETVDIR" value="750" condition="TARGETVDIR=&amp;quot;&amp;quot;" /&gt;
4781                &lt;sequence type="adminexecute" action="WEBCA_TARGETPORT" value="750" condition="TARGETPORT=&amp;quot;&amp;quot;" /&gt;
4782                &lt;sequence type="adminexecute" action="WEBCA_CreateURLs" value="752" condition="NOT Installed" /&gt;
4783                &lt;sequence type="adminexecute" action="WEBCA_EvaluateURLs" value="753" condition="NOT Installed" /&gt;
4784                &lt;sequence type="adminui" action="WEBCA_TARGETVDIR" value="750" condition="TARGETVDIR=&amp;quot;&amp;quot;" /&gt;
4785                &lt;sequence type="adminui" action="WEBCA_TARGETPORT" value="750" condition="TARGETPORT=&amp;quot;&amp;quot;" /&gt;
4786                &lt;sequence type="adminui" action="WEBCA_CreateURLs" value="752" condition="NOT Installed" /&gt;
4787                &lt;sequence type="adminui" action="WEBCA_EvaluateURLsNoFail" value="753" condition="NOT Installed" /&gt;                        
4788            &lt;/sequences&gt;
4789                </code>
4790            </example>
4791            </summary>
4792        </member>
4793        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerTaskBase.InstallerActionTextElement">
4794            <summary>
4795            <para>
4796            Creates text to be displayed in a progress dialog box and written 
4797            to the log for actions that take a long time to execute. The text 
4798            displayed consists of the action description and optionally formatted 
4799            data from the action.  The entries in the ActionText table typically 
4800            refer to actions in sequence tables.
4801            </para>
4802            <h3>Parameters</h3>
4803            <list type="table">
4804                <listheader>
4805                    <term>Attribute</term>
4806                       <term>Type</term>
4807                       <term>Description</term>
4808                       <term>Required</term>
4809                </listheader>
4810                <item>
4811                       <term>name</term>
4812                       <term>string</term>
4813                       <term>Unique name identifying the action.</term>
4814                       <term>True</term>
4815                   </item>
4816                <item>
4817                       <term>template</term>
4818                       <term>string</term>
4819                       <term>A localized format template is used to format action data records for display during action execution. If no template is supplied, then the action data will not be displayed.</term>
4820                       <term>False</term>
4821                   </item>
4822               </list>
4823               <h3>Nested Elements:</h3>
4824               <h4>&lt;description&gt;</h4>
4825               <ul>
4826               Localized description displayed in the progress dialog box or written to the log when the action is executing. 
4827               </ul>
4828               <h4>&lt;/description&gt;</h4>
4829            <h3>Examples</h3>
4830            <example>
4831                <para>Add the related action text for the web folder actions.</para>
4832                <code>
4833            &lt;actiontext&gt;
4834                &lt;action name="WEBCA_GatherWebFolderProperties" &gt;
4835                    &lt;description&gt;Gathering web folder properties&lt;/description&gt;
4836                &lt;/action&gt;
4837                &lt;action name="WEBCA_ApplyWebFolderProperties" &gt;
4838                    &lt;description&gt;Applying web folder properties&lt;/description&gt;
4839                &lt;/action&gt;
4840                &lt;action name="WEBCA_RollbackApplyWebFolderProperties" &gt;
4841                    &lt;description&gt;Removing web folder properties&lt;/description&gt;
4842                &lt;/action&gt;
4843                &lt;action name="WEBCA_CreateURLs" &gt;
4844                    &lt;description&gt;Creating URLs&lt;/description&gt;
4845                &lt;/action&gt;
4846                &lt;action name="WEBCA_EvaluateURLs" &gt;
4847                    &lt;description&gt;Evaluating URLs&lt;/description&gt;
4848                &lt;/action&gt;
4849                &lt;action name="WEBCA_EvaluateURLsNoFail" &gt;
4850                    &lt;description&gt;Evaluating URLs and do not fail if URL is invalid&lt;/description&gt;
4851                &lt;/action&gt;
4852                &lt;action name="WEBCA_EvaluateURLsMB" &gt;
4853                    &lt;description&gt;Evaluating URLs&lt;/description&gt;
4854                &lt;/action&gt;
4855                &lt;action name="WEBCA_CreateAppRoots" &gt;
4856                    &lt;description&gt;Creating application roots&lt;/description&gt;
4857                &lt;/action&gt;
4858                &lt;action name="WEBCA_TARGETVDIR" &gt;
4859                    &lt;description&gt;Set TARGETVDIR property to the specified virtual dir&lt;/description&gt;
4860                &lt;/action&gt;
4861                &lt;action name="WEBCA_TARGETPORT" &gt;
4862                    &lt;description&gt;Set TARGETPORT property to the specified virtual dir port&lt;/description&gt;
4863                &lt;/action&gt;
4864            &lt;/actiontext&gt;
4865                </code>
4866            </example>
4867            </summary>
4868        </member>
4869        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerTaskBase.InstallerAppMappingsElement">
4870            <summary>
4871            <para>
4872            Adds Verbs and a handler for the specified file type.
4873            </para>
4874            <note>This not an officially Microsoft supported table.</note>
4875            <h3>Parameters</h3>
4876            <list type="table">
4877                <listheader>
4878                    <term>Attribute</term>
4879                       <term>Type</term>
4880                       <term>Description</term>
4881                       <term>Required</term>
4882                </listheader>
4883                <item>
4884                       <term>directory</term>
4885                       <term>string</term>
4886                       <term>Refrence to a directory.  The directory to add the specific verb/handler to IIS for the specified file type.</term>
4887                       <term>True</term>
4888                   </item>
4889                <item>
4890                       <term>extension</term>
4891                       <term>string</term>
4892                       <term>File name extension to specifically handle</term>
4893                       <term>False</term>
4894                   </item>
4895                <item>
4896                       <term>exepath</term>
4897                       <term>string</term>
4898                       <term>Path to the Internet Server API (ISAPI) or Common Gateway Interface (CGI) program to run to process a request.</term>
4899                       <term>False</term>
4900                   </item>
4901                <item>
4902                       <term>verbs</term>
4903                       <term>string</term>
4904                       <term>Internet Information Services verbs that are allowed for the executable file.  Only verbs entered in this field will be allowed.</term>
4905                       <term>False</term>
4906                   </item>
4907               </list>
4908            <h3>Examples</h3>
4909            <example>
4910                <para>Add the aspx app mapping</para>
4911                <code>
4912            &lt;appmappings&gt;
4913                &lt;appmapping directory="D__ACME_MyProduct" extension=".aspx" exepath="[DOTNETFOLDER]aspnet_isapi.dll" verbs="GET,HEAD,POST,DEBUG" /&gt;
4914            &lt;/appmappings&gt;
4915                </code>
4916            </example>
4917            </summary>
4918        </member>
4919        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerTaskBase.InstallerUrlPropertiesElement">
4920            <summary>
4921            <para>
4922            Determines the local path equivalent for a url and stores this 
4923            information in a property.
4924            </para>
4925            <note>This not an officially Microsoft supported table.</note>
4926            <h3>Parameters</h3>
4927            <list type="table">
4928                <listheader>
4929                    <term>Attribute</term>
4930                       <term>Type</term>
4931                       <term>Description</term>
4932                       <term>Required</term>
4933                </listheader>
4934                <item>
4935                       <term>name</term>
4936                       <term>string</term>
4937                       <term>The name of the URLProperty to convert</term>
4938                       <term>True</term>
4939                   </item>
4940                <item>
4941                       <term>property</term>
4942                       <term>string</term>
4943                       <term>The name of the property to store the directory information.</term>
4944                       <term>True</term>
4945                   </item>
4946               </list>
4947            <h3>Examples</h3>
4948            <example>
4949                <para>Convert the TARGETURL property to a directory and store that information in TARGETDIR</para>
4950                <code>
4951            &lt;urlproperties&gt;
4952                &lt;urlproperty name="TARGETURL" property="TARGETDIR" /&gt;
4953            &lt;/urlproperties&gt;
4954                </code>
4955            </example>
4956            </summary>
4957        </member>
4958        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerTaskBase.InstallerVDirPropertiesElement">
4959            <summary>
4960            <para>
4961            Creates a URLProperty representing the virtual directory and port.
4962            </para>
4963            <note>This not an officially Microsoft supported table.</note>
4964            <h3>Parameters</h3>
4965            <list type="table">
4966                <listheader>
4967                    <term>Attribute</term>
4968                       <term>Type</term>
4969                       <term>Description</term>
4970                       <term>Required</term>
4971                </listheader>
4972                <item>
4973                       <term>name</term>
4974                       <term>string</term>
4975                       <term>Property containing the virtual directory</term>
4976                       <term>True</term>
4977                   </item>
4978                <item>
4979                       <term>portproperty</term>
4980                       <term>string</term>
4981                       <term>Property containing the network port number to use.</term>
4982                       <term>True</term>
4983                   </item>
4984                <item>
4985                       <term>urlproperty</term>
4986                       <term>string</term>
4987                       <term>URLProperty to store the url in</term>
4988                       <term>True</term>
4989                   </item>
4990               </list>
4991            <h3>Examples</h3>
4992            <example>
4993                <para>Convert the virtual directory and port to a url and store the value in a property.</para>
4994                <code>
4995            &lt;vdirproperties&gt;
4996                &lt;vdirproperty name="TARGETVDIR" portproperty="TARGETPORT" urlproperty="TARGETURL" /&gt;
4997            &lt;/vdirproperties&gt;
4998                </code>
4999            </example>
5000            </summary>
5001        </member>
5002        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerTaskBase.InstallerAppRootsElement">
5003            <summary>
5004            <para>
5005            Create a Web application definition and marks it as running in-process 
5006            or out-of-process. If an application already exists at the specified 
5007            path, you can use this method to reconfigure the application from 
5008            in-process to out-of-process, or the reverse.
5009            </para>
5010            <note>This not an officially Microsoft supported table.</note>
5011            <h3>Parameters</h3>
5012            <list type="table">
5013                <listheader>
5014                    <term>Attribute</term>
5015                       <term>Type</term>
5016                       <term>Description</term>
5017                       <term>Required</term>
5018                </listheader>
5019                <item>
5020                       <term>component</term>
5021                       <term>string</term>
5022                       <term>Reference to a component.  Determines when the approot will be created.</term>
5023                       <term>True</term>
5024                   </item>
5025                <item>
5026                       <term>urlproperty</term>
5027                       <term>string</term>
5028                       <term>URLProperty with stored url</term>
5029                       <term>True</term>
5030                   </item>
5031                <item>
5032                       <term>inprocflag</term>
5033                       <term>int</term>
5034                       <term>Specifies whether the application being created is to run in-process (0), out-of-process (1), or in a pooled process (2). If the application already exists and is running, changing the value of this flag will cause the application definition to be deleted and a new application created to run in the specified process space.</term>
5035                       <term>True</term>
5036                   </item>
5037               </list>
5038            <h3>Examples</h3>
5039            <example>
5040                <para>Convert the virtual directory and port to a url and store the value in a property.</para>
5041                <code>
5042            &lt;approots&gt;
5043                &lt;approot component="C__MainFiles" urlproperty="TARGETURL" inprocflag="2" /&gt;
5044            &lt;/approots&gt;
5045                </code>
5046            </example>
5047            </summary>
5048        </member>
5049        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerTaskBase.InstallerIISPropertiesElement">
5050            <summary>
5051            <para>
5052            Specifies directory security in IIS.  Can also configure the default 
5053            documents supported by each directory.
5054            </para>
5055            <note>This not an officially Microsoft supported table.</note>
5056            <h3>Parameters</h3>
5057            <list type="table">
5058                <listheader>
5059                    <term>Attribute</term>
5060                       <term>Type</term>
5061                       <term>Description</term>
5062                       <term>Required</term>
5063                </listheader>
5064                <item>
5065                       <term>directory</term>
5066                       <term>string</term>
5067                       <term>Reference to a directory.  This is the directory that gets modified with the specific attributes.</term>
5068                       <term>True</term>
5069                   </item>
5070                <item>
5071                       <term>attr</term>
5072                       <term>int</term>
5073                       <term>Attributes to set for the directory.
5074                       <list type="table">
5075                           <listheader>
5076                               <term>Value</term>
5077                               <term>Flag Name</term>
5078                               <description>Description</description>
5079                           </listheader>
5080                           <item>
5081                               <term>1</term>
5082                               <term>AccessRead</term>
5083                               <description>The file or the contents of the folder may be read through Microsoft Internet Explorer.</description>
5084                           </item>
5085                           <item>
5086                               <term>2</term>
5087                               <term>AccessWrite</term>
5088                               <description>Users are allowed to upload files and their associated properties to the enabled directory on your server or to change content in a Write-enabled file. Write can be implemented only with a browser that supports the PUT feature of the HTTP 1.1 protocol standard.</description>
5089                           </item>
5090                           <item>
5091                               <term>4</term>
5092                               <term>AccessExecute</term>
5093                               <description>The file or the contents of the folder may be executed, regardless of file type.</description>
5094                           </item>
5095                           <item>
5096                               <term>8</term>
5097                               <term>AccessSSL</term>
5098                               <description>File access requires SSL file permission processing, with or without a client certificate.</description>
5099                           </item>
5100                           <item>
5101                               <term>16</term>
5102                               <term>AccessSource</term>
5103                               <description>Users are allowed to access source code if either Read or Write permissions are set. Source code includes scripts in Microsoft ® Active Server Pages (ASP) applications.</description>
5104                           </item>
5105                           <item>
5106                               <term>32</term>
5107                               <term>AccessSSLNegotiateCert</term>
5108                               <description>SSL file access processing requests a certificate from the client. A value of false indicates that access continues if the client does not have a certificate. Some versions of Internet Explorer will close the connection if the server requests a certificate and a certificate is not available (even if AccessSSLRequireCert is also set to true).</description>
5109                           </item>
5110                           <item>
5111                               <term>64</term>
5112                               <term>AccessSSLRequireCert</term>
5113                               <description>SSL file access processing requests a certificate from the client. If the client provides no certificate, the connection is closed. AccessSSLNegotiateCert must also be set to true when using AccessSSLRequireCert.</description>
5114                           </item>
5115                           <item>
5116                               <term>128</term>
5117                               <term>AccessSSLMapCert</term>
5118                               <description>SSL file permission processing maps a client certificate to a Microsoft Windows ® operating system user-account. The AccessSSLNegotiateCert property must also be set to true for the mapping to occur.</description>
5119                           </item>
5120                           <item>
5121                               <term>256</term>
5122                               <term>AccessSSL128</term>
5123                               <description>File access requires SSL file permission processing with a minimum key size of 128 bits, with or without a client certificate.</description>
5124                           </item>
5125                           <item>
5126                               <term>512</term>
5127                               <term>AccessScript</term>
5128                               <description>The file or the contents of the folder may be executed if they are script files or static content. A value of false only allows static files, such as HTML files, to be served.</description>
5129                           </item>
5130                           <item>
5131                               <term>1024</term>
5132                               <term>AccessNoRemoteWrite</term>
5133                               <description>Remote requests to create or change files are denied; only requests from the same computer as the IIS server succeed if the AccessWrite property is set to true. You cannot set AccessNoRemoteWrite to false to enable remote requests, and set AccessWrite to false to disable local requests.</description>
5134                           </item>
5135                           <item>
5136                               <term>4096</term>
5137                               <term>AccessNoRemoteRead</term>
5138                               <description>Remote requests to view files are denied; only requests from the same computer as the IIS server succeed if the AccessRead property is set to true. You cannot set AccessNoRemoteRead to false to enable remote requests, and set AccessRead to false to disable local requests.</description>
5139                           </item>
5140                           <item>
5141                               <term>8192</term>
5142                               <term>AccessNoRemoteExecute</term>
5143                               <description>Remote requests to execute applications are denied; only requests from the same computer as the IIS server succeed if the AccessExecute property is set to true. You cannot set AccessNoRemoteExecute to false to enable remote requests, and set AccessExecute to false to disable local requests.</description>
5144                           </item>
5145                           <item>
5146                               <term>16384</term>
5147                               <term>AccessNoRemoteScript</term>
5148                               <description>Requests to view dynamic content are denied; only requests from the same computer as the IIS server succeed if the AccessScript property is set to true. You cannot set AccessNoRemoteScript to false to enable remote requests, and set AccessScript to false to disable local requests.</description>
5149                           </item>
5150                           <item>
5151                               <term>32768</term>
5152                               <term>AccessNoPhysicalDir</term>
5153                               <description>Access to the physical path is not allowed.</description>
5154                           </item>
5155                       </list>
5156                       </term>
5157                       <term>True</term>
5158                   </item>
5159                <item>
5160                       <term>defaultdoc</term>
5161                       <term>string</term>
5162                       <term>Adds a filename to the <a href="http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/en-us/iissdk/iis/ref_mb_defaultdoc.asp">Default Documents</a> to process.  Add multiple separated with a comma (Eg. "Default.aspx,Default.htm")</term>
5163                       <term>False</term>
5164                   </item>
5165               </list>
5166            <h3>Examples</h3>
5167            <example>
5168                <para>Specify permissions for the directory structure.</para>
5169                <code>
5170            &lt;iisproperties&gt;
5171                &lt;iisproperty directory="TARGETDIR" attr="626" defaultdoc="Default.aspx" /&gt;
5172                &lt;iisproperty directory="D__BIN" attr="112" /&gt;
5173                &lt;iisproperty directory="D__SomeSubDir" attr="114" /&gt;
5174            &lt;/iisproperties&gt;
5175                </code>
5176            </example>
5177            </summary>
5178        </member>
5179        <member name="T:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.MsiCreationCommand">
5180            <summary>
5181            Summary description for MsiTaskInfo.
5182            </summary>
5183        </member>
5184        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.MsiCreationCommand.LoadBannerImage(NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerDatabase)">
5185            <summary>
5186            Loads the banner image.
5187            </summary>
5188            <param name="database">The MSI database.</param>
5189        </member>
5190        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.MsiCreationCommand.LoadBackgroundImage(NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerDatabase)">
5191            <summary>
5192            Loads the background image.
5193            </summary>
5194            <param name="database">The MSI database.</param>
5195        </member>
5196        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.MsiCreationCommand.LoadLicense(NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerDatabase)">
5197            <summary>
5198            Loads the license file.
5199            </summary>
5200            <param name="database">The MSI database.</param>
5201        </member>
5202        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.MsiCreationCommand.LoadMedia(NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerDatabase,System.Int32)">
5203            <summary>
5204            Loads records for the Media table.
5205            </summary>
5206            <param name="database">The MSI database.</param>
5207            <param name="LastSequence">The sequence number of the last file in the .cab.</param>
5208        </member>
5209        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.MsiCreationCommand.LoadFeatures(NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerDatabase)">
5210            <summary>
5211            Loads records for the Features table.
5212            </summary>
5213            <param name="database">The MSI database.</param>
5214        </member>
5215        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.MsiCreationCommand.AddFeature(NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerTable,NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerTable,System.String,NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerDatabase,NAnt.Contrib.Schemas.Msi.MSIFeature,System.Int32,System.Int32)">
5216            <summary>
5217            Adds a feature record to the Features table.
5218            </summary>
5219            <param name="featureTable">The MSI database Feature table.</param>
5220            <param name="conditionTable">The MSI database Condition table.</param>
5221            <param name="ParentFeature">The name of this feature's parent.</param>
5222            <param name="database">The MSI database.</param>
5223            <param name="Feature">This Feature's Schema element.</param>
5224            <param name="Depth">The tree depth of this feature.</param>
5225            <param name="Order">The tree order of this feature.</param>
5226        </member>
5227        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.MsiCreationCommand.LoadLaunchCondition(NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerDatabase)">
5228            <summary>
5229            Loads records for the LaunchCondition table
5230            </summary>
5231            <param name="database">The MSI database.</param>
5232        </member>
5233        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.MsiCreationCommand.LoadMergeModules(System.String,System.String)">
5234            <summary>
5235            Merges Merge Modules into the MSI Database.
5236            </summary>
5237            <param name="Database">The MSI Database.</param>
5238            <param name="TempPath">The path to temporary files.</param>
5239        </member>
5240        <member name="T:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.MsiTask">
5241            <summary>
5242            Creates a Windows Installer (also known as Microsoft Installer, or MSI) setup database for installing software on the Windows Platform. 
5243            </summary>
5244            <remarks>
5245            <para>
5246            Requires <c>cabarc.exe</c> in the path.  This tool is part of the 
5247            <see href="http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/en-us/dncabsdk/html/cabdl.asp">Microsoft Cabinet SDK</see>.
5248            </para>
5249            <para>
5250            Requires <c>mergemod.dll</c> version 2.0 or greater.  This dll is part of the 
5251            <see href="http://www.microsoft.com/msdownload/platformsdk/instmsi.htm">Microsoft Platform SDK</see>.
5252            </para>
5253            <para>
5254            See the <see href="http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/en-us/msi/setup/roadmap_to_windows_installer_documentation.asp?frame=true" >Roadmap to Windows Installer Documentation</see> 
5255            at Microsoft's MSDN website for more information.
5256            </para>
5257            </remarks>
5258        </member>
5259        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.MsiTask.InitializeTask(System.Xml.XmlNode)">
5260            <summary>
5261            Initializes task and verifies parameters.
5262            </summary>
5263            <param name="TaskNode">Node that contains the XML fragment used to define this task instance.</param>
5264        </member>
5265        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.MsiTask.ExecuteTask">
5266            <summary>
5267            Executes the task.
5268            </summary>
5269        </member>
5270        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.MsiTask.MsiLicense">
5271            <summary>
5272            An .rtf (rich text format) file containing the license agreement 
5273            for your software. The contents of this file will be displayed to 
5274            the user when setup runs and must be accepted to continue.
5275            </summary>
5276        </member>
5277        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.MsiTask.MsiBanner">
5278            <summary>
5279            A .bmp (bitmap) file 495x60 pixels in size that will be displayed 
5280            as the banner (top) image of the installation user interface.
5281            </summary>
5282        </member>
5283        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.MsiTask.MsiBackground">
5284            <summary>
5285            A .bmp (bitmap) file 495x315 pixels in size that will be displayed 
5286            as the background image of the installation user interface.
5287            </summary>
5288        </member>
5289        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.MsiTask.MsiFeaturesElement">
5290            <summary>
5291            <para>
5292            Groups sets of components into named sets, these can be used to 
5293            layout the tree control that allows users to select and deselect 
5294            features of your software product when a custom installation is 
5295            selected at runtime.
5296            </para>
5297            <h3>Parameters</h3>
5298            <list type="table">
5299                <listheader>
5300                    <term>Attribute</term>
5301                    <term>Type</term>
5302                    <term>Description</term>
5303                    <term>Required</term>
5304                </listheader>
5305                <item>
5306                    <term>name</term>
5307                    <term>string</term>
5308                    <term>A name used to refer to the feature.</term>
5309                    <term>True</term>
5310                </item>
5311                <item>
5312                    <term>display</term>
5313                    <term>int</term>
5314                    <term>The number in this field specifies the order in which the feature is to be displayed in the user interface. 
5315                    The value also determines if the feature is initially displayed expanded or collapsed.<br/>
5316                    If the value is null or zero, the record is not displayed. If the value is odd, the feature node is expanded initially. 
5317                    If the value is even, the feature node is collapsed initially.
5318                    </term>
5319                    <term>True</term>
5320                </item>
5321                <item>
5322                    <term>title</term>
5323                    <term>string</term>
5324                    <term>Short string of text identifying the feature. This string is listed as an item by the SelectionTree control of the Selection Dialog.</term>
5325                    <term>False</term>
5326                </item>
5327                <item>
5328                    <term>typical</term>
5329                    <term>bool</term>
5330                    <term>Determines if the feature should be included in a "typical" install.  This is useful for when the user selects to just install the typical features.</term>
5331                    <term>False</term>
5332                </item>
5333                <item>
5334                    <term>directory</term>
5335                    <term>string</term>
5336                    <term>Refrence to a directory.  Specify a corresponding directory to go with the feature.</term>
5337                    <term>False</term>
5338                </item>
5339                <item>
5340                    <term>attr</term>
5341                    <term>int</term>
5342                    <term>Any combination of the following: 
5343                        <list type="table">
5344                            <listheader>
5345                                <term>Value</term>
5346                                <description>Description</description>
5347                            </listheader>
5348                            <item>
5349                                <term>0</term>
5350                                <description>Components of this feature that are not marked for installation from source are installed locally.</description>
5351                            </item>
5352                            <item>
5353                                <term>1</term>
5354                                <description>Components of this feature not marked for local installation are installed to run from the source CD-ROM or server.</description>
5355                            </item>
5356                            <item>
5357                                <term>2</term>
5358                                <description>Set this attribute and the state of the feature is the same as the state of the feature's parent.</description>
5359                            </item>
5360                            <item>
5361                                <term>4</term>
5362                                <description>Set this attribute and the feature state is Advertise.</description>
5363                            </item>
5364                            <item>
5365                                <term>8</term>
5366                                <description>Note that this bit works only with features that are listed by the ADVERTISE property. <br/>Set this attribute to prevent the feature from being advertised.</description>
5367                            </item>
5368                            <item>
5369                                <term>16</term>
5370                                <description>Set this attribute and the user interface does not display an option to change the feature state to Absent. Setting this attribute forces the feature to the installation state, whether or not the feature is visible in the UI.</description>
5371                            </item>
5372                            <item>
5373                                <term>32</term>
5374                                <description>Set this attribute and advertising is disabled for the feature if the operating system shell does not support Windows Installer descriptors.</description>
5375                            </item>
5376                        </list>
5377                        More information found here: <a href="http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/en-us/msi/setup/feature_table.asp">http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/en-us/msi/setup/feature_table.asp</a>
5378                    </term>
5379                    <term>False</term>
5380                </item>
5381            </list>
5382            <h3>Nested Elements:</h3>
5383            <h4>&lt;feature&gt;</h4>
5384            <ul>
5385                Nested feature elements are supported.
5386            </ul>
5387            <h4>&lt;/feature&gt;</h4>
5388            <h4>&lt;description&gt;</h4>
5389            <ul>
5390                Longer string of text describing the feature. This localizable string is displayed by the Text control of the Selection Dialog. 
5391            </ul>
5392            <h4>&lt;/description&gt;</h4>
5393            <h4>&lt;conditions&gt;</h4>
5394            <ul>
5395                <h4>&lt;condition&gt;</h4>
5396                <ul>
5397                    <list type="table">
5398                        <listheader>
5399                            <term>Attribute</term>
5400                            <term>Type</term>
5401                            <term>Description</term>
5402                            <term>Required</term>
5403                        </listheader>
5404                        <item>
5405                            <term>expression</term>
5406                            <term>string</term>
5407                            <term>If this conditional expression evaluates to TRUE, then the Level column in the Feature table is set to the 
5408                            conditional install level. <br/>
5409                            The expression in the Condition column should not contain reference to the installed state of any feature or component. 
5410                            This is because the expressions in the Condition column are evaluated before the installer evaluates the installed 
5411                            states of features and components. Any expression in the Condition table that attempts to check the installed state 
5412                            of a feature or component always evaluates to false.<br/>
5413                            For information on the syntax of conditional statements, see <a href="http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/en-us/msi/setup/conditional_statement_syntax.asp">Conditional Statement Syntax</a>.
5414                            </term>
5415                            <term>True</term>
5416                        </item>
5417                        <item>
5418                            <term>level</term>
5419                            <term>int</term>
5420                            <term>The installer sets the install level of this feature to the level specified in this column if the expression in 
5421                            the Condition column evaluates to TRUE.  Set this value to 0 to have the component not install if the condition is not met.<br/>
5422                            For any installation, there is a defined install level, which is an integral value from 1 to 32,767. The initial value 
5423                            is determined by the InstallLevel property, which is set in the Property table.<br/>
5424                            A feature is installed only if the feature level value is less than or equal to the current install level. The user 
5425                            interface can be authored such that once the installation is initialized, the installer allows the user to modify the 
5426                            install level of any feature in the Feature table. For example, an author can define install level values that represent 
5427                            specific installation options, such as Complete, Typical, or Minimum, and then create a dialog box that uses 
5428                            SetInstallLevel ControlEvents to enable the user to select one of these states. Depending on the state the user selects, 
5429                            the dialog box sets the install level property to the corresponding value. If the author assigns Typical a level of 100 
5430                            and the user selects Typical, only those features with a level of 100 or less are installed. In addition, the Custom 
5431                            option could lead to another dialog box containing a Selection Tree control. The Selection Tree would then allow the user 
5432                            to individually change whether each feature is installed.</term>
5433                            <term>True</term>
5434                        </item>
5435                    </list>
5436                </ul>
5437                <h4>&lt;/condition&gt;</h4>
5438            </ul>
5439            <h4>&lt;/conditions&gt;</h4>
5440            <h3>Examples</h3>
5441            <example>
5442                <para>Define a sample features structure.</para>
5443                <code>
5444            &lt;features&gt;
5445                &lt;feature name="F__Default" title="My Product" display="1" typical="true" directory="TARGETDIR"&gt;
5446                    &lt;description&gt;My Product from ACME, Inc. &lt;/description&gt;
5447                    &lt;feature name="F__MainFiles" display="0" typical="true" /&gt;
5448                &lt;/feature&gt;
5449                &lt;feature name="F__Help" title="My Product Help Files" display="1" typical="false" directory="D__ACME_MyProduct_Help" /&gt;
5450            &lt;/features&gt; 
5451                </code>
5452            </example>
5453            </summary>
5454        </member>
5455        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.MsiTask.MsiMergeModulesElement">
5456            <summary>
5457            <para>
5458            Includes pre-packaged installation components (.msm files) as part 
5459            of the msi database. This feature allows reuse of installation 
5460            components that use MSI technology from other setup vendors or as 
5461            created by the <see cref="T:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.MsmTask"/>.
5462            </para>
5463            <h3>Parameters</h3>
5464            <list type="table">
5465                <listheader>
5466                    <term>Attribute</term>
5467                       <term>Type</term>
5468                       <term>Description</term>
5469                       <term>Required</term>
5470                </listheader>
5471                <item>
5472                       <term>feature</term>
5473                       <term>string</term>
5474                       <term>Refrence to a feature.  Used to associate the merge module with the feature (and the feature's directory) for when to install the components in the merge module.</term>
5475                       <term>True</term>
5476                   </item>
5477               </list>
5478            <h3>Nested Elements:</h3>
5479            <h4>&lt;modules&gt;</h4>
5480              <ul>
5481                Specifies the merge module(s) to include with the specified feature.
5482              </ul>
5483            <h4>&lt;/modules&gt;</h4>
5484            <h4>&lt;configurationitems&gt;</h4>
5485              <ul>
5486                <h4>&lt;configurationitem&gt;</h4>
5487                  <ul>
5488                    Specifies the value for a configurable item
5489                    <h3>Parameters</h3>
5490                    <list type="table">
5491                        <listheader>
5492                            <term>Attribute</term>
5493                            <term>Type</term>
5494                            <term>Description</term>
5495                            <term>Required</term>
5496                        </listheader>
5497                        <item>
5498                            <term>module</term>
5499                            <term>string</term>
5500                            <term>Merge module filename to limit the configuration item to.  If this is not set, the configuration item will be applied to all merge modules in the fileset.</term>
5501                            <term>True</term>
5502                        </item>
5503                        <item>
5504                            <term>name</term>
5505                            <term>string</term>
5506                            <term>Name of item for which data is to be set</term>
5507                            <term>True</term>
5508                        </item>
5509                        <item>
5510                            <term>value</term>
5511                            <term>string</term>
5512                            <term>Value of the configurable item</term>
5513                            <term>True</term>
5514                        </item>
5515                    </list>
5516                </ul>
5517                <h4>&lt;/configurationitem&gt;</h4>
5518              </ul>
5519            <h4>&lt;/configurationitems&gt;</h4>
5520            <h3>Examples</h3>
5521            <example>
5522                <para>Add the NAnt merge module to the install.</para>
5523                <code>
5524            &lt;mergemodules&gt;
5525                &lt;merge feature="F__NAntMSM"&gt;
5526                    &lt;modules&gt;
5527                        &lt;include name="${nant.dir}\Install\NAnt.msm" /&gt;
5528                    &lt;/modules&gt;
5529                &lt;/merge&gt;
5530            &lt;/mergemodules&gt;
5531                </code>
5532            </example>
5533            <example>
5534                <para>Add a Visual Studio .wid package (merge module) and specify some configurable items.</para>
5535                <code>
5536            &lt;mergemodules&gt;
5537              &lt;merge feature="F__DefaultFeature"&gt;
5538                &lt;modules&gt;
5539                  &lt;include name="VsdReadmeDlg.wid" /&gt;
5540                &lt;/modules&gt;
5541                &lt;configurationitems&gt;
5542                  &lt;configurationitem name="BannerBitmap" value="CONFIGURED_BANNERBITMAP" /&gt;
5543                  &lt;configurationitem module="VsdReadmeDlg.wid" name="ReadmeText" value="CONFIGURED_READMETEXT" /&gt;
5544                &lt;/configurationitems&gt;
5545              &lt;/merge&gt;
5546            &lt;/mergemodules&gt;
5547                </code>
5548            </example>
5549            </summary>
5550        </member>
5551        <member name="T:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.MsmCreationCommand">
5552            <summary>
5553            Summary description for MsmTaskInfo.
5554            </summary>
5555        </member>
5556        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.MsmCreationCommand.LoadModuleSignature(NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerDatabase)">
5557            <summary>
5558            Loads records for the ModuleSignature table.
5559            </summary>
5560            <param name="database">The MSM database.</param>
5561        </member>
5562        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.MsmCreationCommand.LoadModuleDependency(NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerDatabase)">
5563            <summary>
5564            Loads records for the ModuleDependency table.
5565            </summary>
5566            <param name="database">The MSM database.</param>
5567        </member>
5568        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.MsmCreationCommand.LoadModuleExclusion(NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerDatabase)">
5569            <summary>
5570            Loads records for the ModuleExclusion table.
5571            </summary>
5572            <param name="database">The MSM database.</param>
5573        </member>
5574        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.MsmCreationCommand.LoadModuleSequence(NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerDatabase)">
5575            <summary>
5576            Loads records for the ModuleInstallUISequence, ModuleInstallExecuteSequence,
5577            ModuleAdminUISequence, ModuleAdminExecute, and ModuleAdvtExecuteSequence tables.
5578            </summary>
5579            <param name="database">The MSM database.</param>
5580        </member>
5581        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.MsmCreationCommand.LoadModuleIgnoreTable(NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerDatabase)">
5582            <summary>
5583            Loads records for the ModuleIgnoreTable table.
5584            </summary>
5585            <param name="database">The MSM database.</param>
5586        </member>
5587        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.MsmCreationCommand.LoadModuleSubstitution(NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerDatabase)">
5588            <summary>
5589            Loads records for the ModuleSubstitution table.
5590            </summary>
5591            <param name="database">The MSM database.</param>
5592        </member>
5593        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.MsmCreationCommand.LoadModuleConfiguration(NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.InstallerDatabase)">
5594            <summary>
5595            Loads records for the ModuleConfiguration table.
5596            </summary>
5597            <param name="database">The MSM database.</param>
5598        </member>
5599        <member name="T:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.MsmTask">
5600            <summary>
5601            Builds a Windows Installer Merge Module (MSM) database.
5602            </summary>
5603            <para>
5604            Requires <c>cabarc.exe</c> in the path.  This tool is part of the 
5605            <see href="http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/en-us/dncabsdk/html/cabdl.asp">http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/en-us/dncabsdk/html/cabdl.asp">Microsoft Cabinet SDK</see>.
5606            </para>
5607        </member>
5608        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.MsmTask.InitializeTask(System.Xml.XmlNode)">
5609            <summary>
5610            Initializes task and verifies parameters.
5611            </summary>
5612            <param name="TaskNode">Node that contains the XML fragment used to define this task instance.</param>
5613        </member>
5614        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.MsmTask.ExecuteTask">
5615            <summary>
5616            Executes the task.
5617            </summary>
5618        </member>
5619        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.MsmTask.MsmId">
5620            <summary>
5621            Stores a unique identifier for a merge module.  To be used as the merge module's ModuleSignature
5622            </summary>
5623        </member>
5624        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.MsmTask.MsmLanguage">
5625            <summary>
5626            Specifies the numeric language ID or IDs for a merge module.
5627            </summary>
5628        </member>
5629        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.MsmTask.MsmVersion">
5630            <summary>
5631            Stores the version number of a merge module.
5632            </summary>
5633        </member>
5634        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.MsmTask.MsmModuleDependenciesElement">
5635            <summary>
5636            <para>
5637            Lists other merge modules that are required for this merge module 
5638            to operate properly.
5639            </para>
5640            <para>
5641            Contains any number of dependency elements.
5642            </para>
5643            <para>
5644            More information is available <see href="http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/en-us/msi/setup/moduledependency_table.asp">here</see>.
5645            </para>
5646            <h3>Parameters</h3>
5647            <list type="table">
5648                <listheader>
5649                    <term>Attribute</term>
5650                    <term>Type</term>
5651                    <term>Description</term>
5652                    <term>Required</term>
5653                </listheader>
5654                <item>
5655                    <term>id</term>
5656                    <term>string</term>
5657                    <term>Identifier of the merge module required</term>
5658                    <term>True</term>
5659                </item>
5660                <item>
5661                    <term>language</term>
5662                    <term>string</term>
5663                    <term>Numeric language ID of the dependent merge module. Can specify the language ID for a single language, such as 1033 for U.S. English, or specify the language ID for a language group, such as 9 for any English. If the field contains a group language ID, any merge module with having a language code in that group satisfies the dependency. If the RequiredLanguage is set to 0, any merge module filling the other requirements satisfies the dependency.</term>
5664                    <term>True</term>
5665                </item>
5666                <item>
5667                    <term>version</term>
5668                    <term>string</term>
5669                    <term>Version of the dependent merge module. If ommited, any version fills the dependency.</term>
5670                    <term>False</term>
5671                </item>
5672            </list>
5673            <h3>Examples</h3>
5674            <example>
5675                <para>Make sure that the NAnt merge module is included</para>
5676                <code>
5677            &lt;moduledependencies&gt;
5678                &lt;dependency id="NAnt_MergeModule.2D2FB50C_DADF_4813_8932_8EF1E8CB8E80" language="0" /&gt;
5679            &lt;/moduledependencies&gt;
5680                </code>
5681            </example>
5682            </summary>
5683        </member>
5684        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.MsmTask.MsmModuleExclusionsElement">
5685            <summary>
5686            <para>
5687            Lists other merge modules that are incompatible in the same 
5688            installer database.
5689            </para>
5690            <para>
5691            Contains any number of exclusion elements.
5692            </para>
5693            <para>
5694            More information is available <see href="http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/en-us/msi/setup/moduleexclusion_table.asp">here</see>.
5695            </para>
5696            <h3>Parameters</h3>
5697            <list type="table">
5698                <listheader>
5699                    <term>Attribute</term>
5700                    <term>Type</term>
5701                    <term>Description</term>
5702                    <term>Required</term>
5703                </listheader>
5704                <item>
5705                    <term>id</term>
5706                    <term>string</term>
5707                    <term>Identifier of the merge module required</term>
5708                    <term>True</term>
5709                </item>
5710                <item>
5711                    <term>language</term>
5712                    <term>string</term>
5713                    <term>Numeric language ID of the merge module in ExcludedID. The ExcludedLanguage column can specify the language ID for a single language, such as 1033 for U.S. English, or specify the language ID for a language group, such as 9 for any English. The ExcludedLanguage column can accept negative language IDs. The meaning of the value in the ExcludedLanguage column is as follows.
5714                        <list type="table">
5715                            <listheader>
5716                                <term>ExcludedLanguage</term>
5717                                <description>Description</description>
5718                            </listheader>
5719                            <item>
5720                                <term>&gt; 0</term>
5721                                <description>Exclude the language IDs specified by ExcludedLanguage.</description>
5722                            </item>
5723                            <item>
5724                                <term>= 0</term>
5725                                <description>Exclude no language IDs.</description>
5726                            </item>
5727                            <item>
5728                                <term>&lt; 0</term>
5729                                <description>Exclude all language IDs except those specified by ExcludedLanguage.</description>
5730                            </item>
5731                        </list>
5732                    </term>
5733                    <term>True</term>
5734                </item>
5735                <item>
5736                    <term>minversion</term>
5737                    <term>string</term>
5738                    <term>Minimum version excluded from a range. If ommitted, all versions before maxversion are excluded. If both minversion and maxversion are ommitted there is no exclusion based on version.</term>
5739                    <term>False</term>
5740                </item>
5741                <item>
5742                    <term>maxversion</term>
5743                    <term>string</term>
5744                    <term>Maximum version excluded from a range. If ommitted, all versions after minversion are excluded. If both minversion and maxversion are ommitted there is no exclusion based on version.</term>
5745                    <term>False</term>
5746                </item>
5747            </list>
5748            <h3>Examples</h3>
5749            <example>
5750                <para>Exclude the all NAnt merge modules created before version 0.85.0</para>
5751                <code>
5752            &lt;moduleexclusions&gt;
5753                &lt;exclusion id="NAnt_MergeModule.2D2FB50C_DADF_4813_8932_8EF1E8CB8E80" language="0" maxversion="0.85.0" /&gt;
5754            &lt;/moduleexclusions&gt;
5755                </code>
5756            </example>
5757            </summary>
5758        </member>
5759        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.MsmTask.MsmModuleSequencesElement">
5760            <summary>
5761            <para>
5762            Used to modify the sequence of tasks/events that execute during the 
5763            overall installation process.
5764            </para>
5765            <h3>Parameters</h3>
5766            <list type="table">
5767                <listheader>
5768                    <term>Attribute</term>
5769                    <term>Type</term>
5770                    <term>Description</term>
5771                    <term>Required</term>
5772                </listheader>
5773                <item>
5774                    <term>type</term>
5775                    <term>msi:MSISequenceTable</term>
5776                    <term>Valid inputs:
5777                        <list type="bullet">
5778                            <item><c>installexecute</c> represents <a href="http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/en-us/msi/setup/moduleinstallexecutesequence_table.asp">ModuleInstallExecuteSequence Table</a>.</item>
5779                            <item><c>installui</c> represents <a href="http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/en-us/msi/setup/moduleinstalluisequence_table.asp">ModuleInstallUISequence Table</a></item>
5780                            <item><c>adminexecute</c> represents <a href="http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/en-us/msi/setup/moduleadminexecutesequence_table.asp">ModuleAdminExecuteSequence Table</a></item>
5781                            <item><c>adminui</c> represents <a href="http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/en-us/msi/setup/moduleadminuisequence_table.asp">ModuleAdminUISequence Table</a></item>
5782                            <item><c>advtexecute</c> represents <a href="http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/en-us/msi/setup/moduleadvtuisequence_table.asp">ModuleAdvtUISequence Table</a></item>
5783                        </list>
5784                    </term>
5785                    <term>True</term>
5786                </item>
5787                <item>
5788                    <term>action</term>
5789                    <term>string</term>
5790                    <term>Action to insert into sequence. Refers to one of the installer standard actions, or an entry in the merge module's CustomAction table or Dialog table.<br/>If a standard action is used in the Action column of a merge module sequence table, the BaseAction and After attributes must be ommitted.</term>
5791                    <term>True</term>
5792                </item>
5793                <item>
5794                    <term>sequence</term>
5795                    <term>int</term>
5796                    <term>The sequence number of a standard action. If a custom action or dialog is entered into the Action column of this row, this attribute must be ommitted <br/>When using standard actions in merge module sequence tables, the value in the Sequence column should be the recommended action sequence number. If the sequence number in the merge module differs from that for the same action in the .msi file sequence table, the merge tool uses the sequence number from the .msi file. See the suggested sequences in Using a Sequence Table for the recommended sequence numbers of standard actions.</term>
5797                    <term>False</term>
5798                </item>
5799                <item>
5800                    <term>baseaction</term>
5801                    <term>string</term>
5802                    <term>Can contain a standard action, a custom action specified in the merge module's custom action table, or a dialog specified in the module's dialog table. Is a key into the Action column of this table. It cannot be a foreign key into another merge table or table in the .msi file. This means that every standard action, custom action, or dialog listed in the BaseAction column must also be listed in the Action column of another record in this table.</term>
5803                    <term>False</term>
5804                </item>
5805                <item>
5806                    <term>after</term>
5807                    <term>bool</term>
5808                    <term>Boolean for whether Action comes before or after BaseAction
5809                    <list type="table">
5810                        <listheader>
5811                            <term>Value</term>
5812                            <description>Description</description>
5813                        </listheader>
5814                        <item>
5815                            <term>True</term>
5816                            <description>Action to come after BaseAction</description>
5817                        </item>
5818                        <item>
5819                            <term>False</term>
5820                            <description>Action to come before BaseAction</description>
5821                        </item>
5822                    </list>
5823                    </term>
5824                    <term>False</term>
5825                </item>
5826                <item>
5827                    <term>condition</term>
5828                    <term>string</term>
5829                    <term>A conditional statement that indicates if the action is be executed.</term>
5830                    <term>False</term>
5831                </item>
5832            </list>
5833            </summary>
5834        </member>
5835        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.MsmTask.MsmModuleIgnoreTablesElement">
5836            <summary>
5837            <para>
5838            If a table in the merge module is listed in the ModuleIgnoreTable 
5839            table, it is not merged into the .msi file. If the table already 
5840            exists in the .msi file, it is not modified by the merge. The tables 
5841            in the ModuleIgnoreTable can therefore contain data that is unneeded 
5842            after the merge.
5843            </para>
5844            <para>
5845            More information is available <see href="http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/en-us/msi/setup/moduleignoretable_table.asp?frame=true">here</see>.
5846            </para>
5847            <h3>Parameters</h3>
5848            <list type="table">
5849                <listheader>
5850                    <term>Attribute</term>
5851                    <term>Type</term>
5852                    <term>Description</term>
5853                    <term>Required</term>
5854                </listheader>
5855                <item>
5856                    <term>table</term>
5857                    <term>string</term>
5858                    <term>Name of the table in the merge module that is not to be merged into the .msi file.</term>
5859                    <term>True</term>
5860                </item>
5861            </list>
5862            <h3>Examples</h3>
5863            <example>
5864                <para>Ensure the module is compatible for users who have versions of Mergemod.dll earlier than 2.0</para>
5865                <code>
5866            &lt;moduleignoretables&gt;
5867                &lt;table name="ModuleConfiguration" /&gt;
5868                &lt;table name="ModuleSubstitution" /&gt;
5869                &lt;table name="_ModuleConfigurationGroup" /&gt;
5870            &lt;/moduleignoretables&gt;
5871                </code>
5872            </example>
5873            </summary>
5874        </member>
5875        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.MsmTask.MsmModuleSubstitutionsElement">
5876            <summary>
5877            <para>
5878            The ModuleSubstitution table specifies the configurable fields of a 
5879            module database and provides a template for the configuration of each 
5880            field. The user or merge tool may query this table to determine what 
5881            configuration operations are to take place. This table is not merged 
5882            into the target database.
5883            </para>
5884            <para>
5885            More information is available <see href="http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/en-us/msi/setup/modulesubstitution_table.asp">here</see>.
5886            </para>
5887            <h3>Parameters</h3>
5888            <list type="table">
5889                <listheader>
5890                    <term>Attribute</term>
5891                    <term>Type</term>
5892                    <term>Description</term>
5893                    <term>Required</term>
5894                </listheader>
5895                <item>
5896                    <term>table</term>
5897                    <term>string</term>
5898                    <term>Name of the table being modified in the module database.</term>
5899                    <term>True</term>
5900                </item>
5901                <item>
5902                    <term>row</term>
5903                    <term>string</term>
5904                    <term>Specifies the primary keys of the target row in the table named in the Table column. Multiple primary keys are separated by semicolons. Target rows are selected for modification before any changes are made to the target table. If one record in the ModuleSubstitution table changes the primary key field of a target row, other records in the ModuleSubstitution table are applied based on the original primary key data, not the resulting of primary key substitutions. The order of row substitution is undefined.<br/>Values in this column are always in CMSM special format. A literal semicolon (';') or equal sign ('=') can be added by prefixing the character with a backslash. '\'. A null value for a key is signified by a null, a leading semicolon, two consecutive semicolons, or a trailing semicolon, depending on whether the null value is a sole, first, middle, or final key column value.</term>
5905                    <term>True</term>
5906                </item>
5907                <item>
5908                    <term>column</term>
5909                    <term>string</term>
5910                    <term>Specifies the target column in the row named in the Row column. If multiple rows in the ModuleSubstitution table change different columns of the same target row, all the column substitutions are performed before the modified row is inserted into the database. The order of column substitution is undefined.</term>
5911                    <term>True</term>
5912                </item>
5913                <item>
5914                    <term>value</term>
5915                    <term>string</term>
5916                    <term>Contains a string that provides a formatting template for the data being substituted into the target field specified by Table, Row, and Column. When a substitution string of the form [=ItemA] is encountered, the string, including the bracket characters, is replaced by the value for the configurable "ItemA." The configurable item "ItemA" is specified in the Name column of the ModuleConfiguration table and its value is provided by the merge tool. If the merge tool declines to provide a value for any item in a replacement string, the default value specified in the DefaultValue column of the ModuleConfiguration Table is substituted. If a string references an item not in the ModuleConfiguration table, the merge fails.
5917                        <list type="bullet">
5918                            <item>
5919                            This column uses CMSM special format. A literal semicolon (';') or equals sign ('=') can be added to the table by prefixing the character with a backslash. '\'.
5920                            </item>
5921                            <item>
5922                            The Value field may contain multiple substitution strings. For example, the configuration of items "Food1" and "Food2" in the string: "[=Food1] is good, but [=Food2] is better because [=Food2] is more nutritious."
5923                            </item>
5924                            <item>
5925                            Replacement strings must not be nested. The template "[=AB[=CDE]]" is invalid.
5926                            </item>
5927                            <item>
5928                            If the Value field evaluates to null, and the target field is not nullable, the merge fails and an error object of type msmErrorBadNullSubstitution is created and added to the error list. For details, see the error types described in get_Type Function.
5929                            </item>
5930                            <item>
5931                            If the Value field evaluates to the null GUID: {00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000}, the null GUID is replaced by the name of the feature before the row is merged into the module. For details, see Referencing Features in Merge Modules.
5932                            </item>
5933                            <item>
5934                            The template in the Value field is evaluated before being inserted into the target field. Substitution into a row is done before replacing any features.
5935                            </item>
5936                            <item>
5937                            If the Value column evaluates to a string of only integer characters (with an optional + or -), the string is converted into an integer before being substituted into an target field of the Integer Format Type. If the template evaluates to a string that does not consist only of integer characters (and an optional + or -) the result cannot be substituted into an integer target field. Attempting to insert a non-integer into an integer field causes the merge to fail and adds a msmErrorBadSubstitutionType error object to the error list.
5938                            </item>
5939                            <item>
5940                            If the target column specified in the Table and Column fields is a Text Format Type, and evaluation of the Value field results in an Integer Format Type, a decimal representation of the number is inserted into the target text field.
5941                            </item>
5942                            <item>
5943                            If the target field is an Integer Format Type, and the Value field consists of a non-delimited list of items in Bitfield Format, the value in the target field is combined using the bitwise AND operator with the inverse of the bitwise OR of all of the mask values from the items, then combined using the bitwise OR operator with each of the integer or bitfield items when masked by their corresponding mask values. Essentially, this explicitly sets the bits from the properties to the provided values but leaves all other bits in the cell alone.
5944                            </item>
5945                            <item>
5946                            If the Value field evaluates to a Key Format Type, and is a key into a table that uses multiple primary keys, the item name may be followed by a semicolon and an integer value that indicates the 1-based index into the set of values that together make a primary key. If no integer is specified, the value 1 is used. For example, the Control table has two primary key columns, Dialog_ and Control. The value of an item "Item1" that is a key into the Control table will be of the form "DialogName;ControlName", where DialogName is the value in the Dialog_ table and ControlName is the value in the Control column. To substitute just ControlName, the substitution string [=Item1;2] should be used.
5947                            </item>
5948                        </list>
5949                    </term>
5950                    <term>False</term>
5951                </item>
5952            </list>
5953            </summary>
5954        </member>
5955        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.MsmTask.MsmModuleConfigurationsElement">
5956            <summary>
5957            <para>
5958            Identifies the configurable attributes of the module. This table is 
5959            not merged into the database.
5960            </para>
5961            <para>
5962            More information is available <see href="http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/en-us/msi/setup/moduleconfiguration_table.asp">here</see>.
5963            </para>
5964            <h3>Parameters</h3>
5965            <list type="table">
5966                <listheader>
5967                    <term>Attribute</term>
5968                    <term>Type</term>
5969                    <term>Description</term>
5970                    <term>Required</term>
5971                </listheader>
5972                <item>
5973                    <term>name</term>
5974                    <term>string</term>
5975                    <term>Name of the configurable item. This name is referenced in the formatting template in the Value column of the ModuleSubstitution table.</term>
5976                    <term>True</term>
5977                </item>
5978                <item>
5979                    <term>format</term>
5980                    <term>msi:MSMModuleConfigurationFormat</term>
5981                    <term>Specifies the format of the data being changed
5982                        <list type="bullet">
5983                            <item>text</item>
5984                            <item>key</item>
5985                            <item>integer</item>
5986                            <item>bitfield</item>
5987                        </list>
5988                    </term>
5989                    <term>True</term>
5990                </item>
5991                <item>
5992                    <term>type</term>
5993                    <term>string</term>
5994                    <term>Specifies the type for the data being changed. This type is used to provide a context for any user-interface and is not used in the merge process. The valid values for this depend on the value in the Format attribute.</term>
5995                    <term>False</term>
5996                </item>
5997                <item>
5998                    <term>contextdata</term>
5999                    <term>string</term>
6000                    <term>Specifies a semantic context for the requested data. The type is used to provide a context for any user-interface and is not used in the merge process. The valid values for this column depend on the values in the Format and Type attributes.</term>
6001                    <term>False</term>
6002                </item>
6003                <item>
6004                    <term>defaultvalue</term>
6005                    <term>string</term>
6006                    <term>Specifies a default value for the item in this record if the merge tool declines to provide a value. This value must have the format, type, and context of the item. If this is a "Key" format item, the foreign key must be a valid key into the tables of the module. Null may be a valid value for this column depending on the item. For "Key" format items, this value is in CMSM special format. For all other types, the value is treated literally.<br/>Module authors must ensure that the module is valid in its default state. This ensures that versions of Mergemod.dll earlier than version 2.0 can still use the module in its default state.</term>
6007                    <term>False</term>
6008                </item>
6009                <item>
6010                    <term>attr</term>
6011                    <term>int</term>
6012                    <term>Bit field containing attributes for this configurable item. Null is equivalent to 0.
6013                        <list type="table">
6014                            <listheader>
6015                                <term>Value</term>
6016                                <description>Description</description>
6017                            </listheader>
6018                            <item>
6019                                <term>1</term>
6020                                <description>This attribute only applies to records that list a foreign key to a module table in their DefaultValue field.</description>
6021                            </item>
6022                            <item>
6023                                <term>2</term>
6024                                <description>When this attribute is set, null is not a valid response for this item. This attribute has no effect for Integer Format Types or Bitfield Format Types.</description>
6025                            </item>
6026                        </list>
6027                    </term>
6028                    <term>False</term>
6029                </item>
6030                <item>
6031                    <term>displayname</term>
6032                    <term>string</term>
6033                    <term>Provides a short description of this item that the authoring tool may use in the user interface. This column may not be localized. Set this column to null to have the module is request that the authoring tool not expose this property in the UI.</term>
6034                    <term>False</term>
6035                </item>
6036                <item>
6037                    <term>description</term>
6038                    <term>string</term>
6039                    <term>Provides a description of this item that the authoring tool may use in UI elements. This string may be localized by the module's language transform.</term>
6040                    <term>False</term>
6041                </item>
6042                <item>
6043                    <term>helplocation</term>
6044                    <term>string</term>
6045                    <term>Provides either the name of a help file (without the .chm extension) or a semicolon delimited list of help namespaces. This can be ommitted if no help is available.</term>
6046                    <term>False</term>
6047                </item>
6048                <item>
6049                    <term>helpkeyword</term>
6050                    <term>string</term>
6051                    <term>Provides a keyword into the help file or namespace from the HelpLocation column. The interpretation of this keyword depends on the HelpLocation attribute.</term>
6052                    <term>False</term>
6053                </item>
6054            </list>
6055            </summary>
6056        </member>
6057        <member name="T:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.TypeLibRecord">
6058            <summary>
6059            Maintains a forward reference to a .tlb file
6060            in the same directory as an assembly .dll
6061            that has been registered for COM interop.
6062            </summary>
6063        </member>
6064        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.TypeLibRecord.#ctor(System.String,System.String,System.Reflection.AssemblyName,System.String,System.String)">
6065            <summary>
6066            Creates a new <see cref="T:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.TypeLibRecord"/>.
6067            </summary>
6068            <param name="LibId">The typelibrary id.</param>
6069            <param name="TypeLibFileName">The typelibrary filename.</param>
6070            <param name="AssemblyName">The name of the assembly.</param>
6071            <param name="FeatureName">The feature containing the typelibrary's file.</param>
6072            <param name="AssemblyComponent">The name of the Assembly's component.</param>
6073        </member>
6074        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.TypeLibRecord.AssemblyComponent">
6075            <summary>
6076            Retrieves the name of the Assembly's component.
6077            </summary>
6078            <value>The Assembly's component Name.</value>
6079        </member>
6080        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.TypeLibRecord.TypeLibFileName">
6081            <summary>
6082            Retrieves the typelibrary filename.
6083            </summary>
6084            <value>The typelibrary filename.</value>
6085        </member>
6086        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.TypeLibRecord.LibId">
6087            <summary>
6088            Retrieves the typelibrary id.
6089            </summary>
6090            <value>The typelibrary id.</value>
6091        </member>
6092        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.TypeLibRecord.AssemblyName">
6093            <summary>
6094            Retrieves the name of the assembly.
6095            </summary>
6096            <value>The name of the assembly.</value>
6097        </member>
6098        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.Msi.TypeLibRecord.FeatureName">
6099            <summary>
6100            Retrieves the feature containing the typelibrary's file.
6101            </summary>
6102            <value>The feature containing the typelibrary's file.</value>
6103        </member>
6104        <member name="T:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.NUnit2Report.NUnit2ReportTask">
6105            <summary>
6106            A task that generates a summary HTML
6107            from a set of NUnit xml report files.
6108            </summary>
6109            <remarks>
6110              <para>
6111              This task can generate a combined HTML report out of a set of NUnit
6112              result files generated using the XML Result Formatter.
6113              </para>
6114              <para>
6115              All the properties defined in the current project will be passed
6116              down to the XSLT file as template parameters, so you can access 
6117              properties such as nant.project.name, nant.version, etc.
6118              </para>
6119            </remarks>
6120            <example>
6121              <code>
6122                <![CDATA[
6123            <nunit2report todir="${outputdir}">
6124                <fileset>
6125                    <includes name="${outputdir}\results.xml" />
6126                </fileset>
6127            </nunit2report>
6128                ]]>
6129              </code>
6130            </example>
6131        </member>
6132        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.NUnit2Report.NUnit2ReportTask.InitializeTask(System.Xml.XmlNode)">
6133            <summary>
6134            Initializes task and ensures the supplied attributes are valid.
6135            </summary>
6136            <param name="taskNode">Xml node used to define this task instance.</param>
6137        </member>
6138        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.NUnit2Report.NUnit2ReportTask.ExecuteTask">
6139            <summary>
6140            This is where the work is done
6141            </summary>
6142        </member>
6143        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.NUnit2Report.NUnit2ReportTask.LoadStyleSheet(System.String)">
6144             <summary>
6145             Load a stylesheet from the assemblies resource stream.
6146             </summary>
6147            <param name="xslFileName">File name of the file to extract.</param>
6148        </member>
6149        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.NUnit2Report.NUnit2ReportTask.LoadStyleSheet(System.IO.FileInfo)">
6150             <summary>
6151             Load a stylesheet from the file system.
6152             </summary>
6153            <param name="xslFile">The XSLT file to load.</param>
6154        </member>
6155        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.NUnit2Report.NUnit2ReportTask.CreateSummaryXmlDoc">
6156            <summary>
6157            Initializes the XmlDocument instance
6158            used to summarize the test results
6159            </summary>
6160            <returns></returns>
6161        </member>
6162        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.NUnit2Report.NUnit2ReportTask.GetPropertyList">
6163            <summary>
6164            Builds an XsltArgumentList with all
6165            the properties defined in the
6166            current project as XSLT parameters.
6167            </summary>
6168            <returns></returns>
6169        </member>
6170        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.NUnit2Report.NUnit2ReportTask.Write(System.IO.StringReader,System.String)">
6171            <summary>
6172             Run the transform and output to filename
6173            </summary>
6174            <param name="stream"></param>
6175            <param name="fileName"></param>
6176        </member>
6177        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.NUnit2Report.NUnit2ReportTask.Format">
6178            <summary>
6179            The format of the generated report. The default is 
6180            <see cref="F:NAnt.Contrib.Types.NUnit2Report.ReportFormat.NoFrames"/>.
6181            </summary>
6182        </member>
6183        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.NUnit2Report.NUnit2ReportTask.Language">
6184            <summary>
6185            The output language.
6186            </summary>
6187        </member>
6188        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.NUnit2Report.NUnit2ReportTask.OpenDescription">
6189            <summary>
6190            Open all description method. Default to "false".
6191            </summary>
6192        </member>
6193        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.NUnit2Report.NUnit2ReportTask.ToDir">
6194            <summary>
6195            The directory where the files resulting from the transformation
6196            should be written to. The default is the project's base directory.
6197            </summary>
6198        </member>
6199        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.NUnit2Report.NUnit2ReportTask.XmlFileSet">
6200            <summary>
6201            Set of XML files to use as input
6202            </summary>
6203        </member>
6204        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.NUnit2Report.NUnit2ReportTask.XmlSummaries">
6205            <summary>
6206            Set of summary XML files to use as input.
6207            </summary>
6208        </member>
6209        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.NUnit2Report.NUnit2ReportTask.XslFile">
6210            <summary>
6211            XSLT file used to generate the report if <see cref="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.NUnit2Report.NUnit2ReportTask.Format"/> is 
6212            <see cref="F:NAnt.Contrib.Types.NUnit2Report.ReportFormat.NoFrames"/>.
6213            </summary>
6214        </member>
6215        <member name="T:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.NUnit2Report.NUnit2ReportTask.LocalResXmlResolver">
6216            <summary>
6217            Custom XmlResolver used to load the 
6218            XSLT files out of this assembly resources.
6219            </summary>
6220        </member>
6221        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.NUnit2Report.NUnit2ReportTask.LocalResXmlResolver.GetEntity(System.Uri,System.String,System.Type)">
6222            <summary>
6223            Loads the specified file from our internal resources if its there
6224            </summary>
6225            <param name="absoluteUri"></param>
6226            <param name="role"></param>
6227            <param name="objToReturn"></param>
6228            <returns></returns>
6229        </member>
6230        <member name="T:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSAddFilesTask">
6231            <summary>
6232            Adds files to a PVCS repository.
6233            </summary>
6234            <remarks>
6235            <para>
6236            This task uses the <c>addfiles</c> PCLI command to add files to a PVCS repository.
6237            </para>
6238            </remarks>
6239            <example>
6240              <para>
6241              Adds <c>File1.txt</c> and <c>File2.txt</c> to the root level of the 
6242              project database specified by the <c>project-database</c> property.
6243              </para>
6244              <code>
6245                <![CDATA[
6246            <pvcsaddfiles projectdatabase="${project-database}" archivedescription="Adding files to source control.">
6247                <entities>
6248                    <entity name="C:\Data\File1.txt"/>
6249                    <entity name="C:\Data\Folder\File2.txt"/>
6250                </entities>
6251            </pvcsaddfiles>
6252                ]]>
6253              </code>
6254            </example>
6255            <example>
6256              <para>
6257              Adds <c>File1.txt</c> and <c>File2.txt</c> to the <c>folder</c> project
6258              of the project database specified by the <c>project-database</c> 
6259              property.
6260              </para>
6261              <code>
6262                <![CDATA[
6263            <pvcsaddfiles projectdatabase="${project-database}" archivedescription="Adding files to source control." projectpath="/folder">
6264                <entities>
6265                    <entity name="C:\Data\File1.txt"/>
6266                    <entity name="C:\Data\Folder\File2.txt"/>
6267                </entities>
6268            </pvcsaddfiles>
6269                ]]>
6270              </code>
6271            </example>
6272            <example>
6273              <para>
6274              Adds <c>another_file.txt</c> and all files and folders at and below 
6275              <c>C:\Data</c> to the project database specified by the <c>project-database</c>
6276              property.
6277              </para>
6278              <code>
6279                <![CDATA[
6280            <pvcsaddfiles projectdatabase="${project-database}" archivedescription="Adding files to source control." includesubprojects="true">
6281                <entities>
6282                    <entity name="C:\Data\"/>
6283                    <entity name="C:\Temp\another_file.txt"/>
6284                </entities>
6285            </pvcsaddfiles>
6286                ]]>
6287              </code>
6288            </example>
6289            <example>
6290              <para>
6291              Adds all files at and below <c>C:\Data\</c> to the project database specified by the <c>project-database</c>
6292              property. Workfiles will be copied to the workfile location and will overwrite any existing files (as
6293              dictated by the <c>copymode</c> attribute). The relevant revisions will be locked in PVCS. Added files
6294              will be assigned the <c>SYSTEST</c> promotion group. 
6295              </para>
6296              <code>
6297                <![CDATA[
6298            <pvcsaddfiles projectdatabase="${project-database}" archivedescription="Files." copymode="CopyWorkfileWithOverwrite" lock="true" promotiongroup="SYSTEST" includesubprojects="true">
6299                <entities>
6300                    <entity name="C:\Data\"/>
6301                </entities>
6302            </pvcsaddfiles>
6303                ]]>
6304              </code>
6305            </example>
6306        </member>
6307        <member name="T:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSMultipleEntityTask">
6308            <summary>
6309            Base class for all PVCS project database tasks that operate against one or more entities.
6310            </summary>
6311        </member>
6312        <member name="T:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSProjectDatabaseTask">
6313            <summary>
6314            A base class for PVCS tasks that deal with project databases.
6315            </summary>
6316            <remarks>
6317            <para>
6318            This class can be used as a base class for PVCS tasks that operate against a project database. It provides
6319            common attributes and functionality for such tasks.
6320            </para>
6321            </remarks>
6322        </member>
6323        <member name="T:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSTask">
6324            <summary>
6325            Base class functionality for all PVCS tasks.
6326            </summary>
6327        </member>
6328        <member name="F:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSTask._pvcsBin">
6329            <see cref="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSTask.PVCSBin"/>
6330        </member>
6331        <member name="F:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSTask._process">
6332            <summary>
6333            This is the PCLI process that is run by this task.
6334            </summary>
6335        </member>
6336        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSTask.StartProcess">
6337            <summary>
6338            Starts the process that is wrapped by this PVCS task.
6339            </summary>
6340            <remarks>
6341            Provided only to seal the implementation of <c>StartProcess()</c>.
6342            </remarks>
6343            <returns>The process that was started.</returns>
6344        </member>
6345        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSTask.ExecuteTask">
6346            <summary>
6347            Executes the task.
6348            </summary>
6349            <remarks>
6350            Provided only to seal the implementation of <c>ExecuteTask()</c>.
6351            </remarks>
6352        </member>
6353        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSTask.PrepareProcess(System.Diagnostics.Process)">
6354            <summary>
6355            Prepares the process wrapped by this task for execution.
6356            </summary>
6357            <param name="process">The process to prepare for execution.</param>
6358        </member>
6359        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSTask.AddCommandLineArguments(NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSCommandArgumentCollection)">
6360            <summary>
6361            Allows tasks to add their task-specific arguments to the collection of arguments to be passed to the
6362            PVCS command-line tool.
6363            </summary>
6364            <param name="arguments">The collection of arguments.</param>
6365        </member>
6366        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSTask.GetProgramArguments">
6367            <summary>
6368            Constructs the program arguments that should be used when executing the wrapped PVCS process.
6369            </summary>
6370            <returns>A <c>string</c> containing the program arguments.</returns>
6371        </member>
6372        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSTask.PVCSBin">
6373            <summary>
6374            Gets or sets the location of the PVCS binary command-line tools.
6375            </summary>
6376            <remarks>
6377            <para>
6378            Generally, the PVCS command-line tools will be available on the current path. However, if this is not
6379            the case then this property allows an exact location to be specified. If this property is not set, the
6380            task will assume that the PVCS binaries are available on the current path.
6381            </para>
6382            </remarks>
6383        </member>
6384        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSTask.Process">
6385            <summary>
6386            Gets or sets the process that is run as a result of running this task.
6387            </summary>
6388        </member>
6389        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSTask.ProgramArguments">
6390            <summary>
6391            Gets the program arguments with which to run the wrapped PVCS process.
6392            </summary>
6393        </member>
6394        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSTask.ExeName">
6395            <summary>
6396            Gets the executable name for the command-line tool to run for the PVCS task.
6397            </summary>
6398        </member>
6399        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSTask.PCLICommandName">
6400            <summary>
6401            Gets the PCLI command name that corresponds to the operation the task performs.
6402            </summary>
6403            <remarks>
6404            <para>
6405            By default, this property will return the name of the task minus the starting "pvcs". Subclasses need
6406            only override this property if there is a mismatch between the task name and the PCLI command name.
6407            </para>
6408            </remarks>
6409        </member>
6410        <member name="F:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSProjectDatabaseTask._includeSubprojects">
6411            <see cref="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSProjectDatabaseTask.IncludeSubprojects"/>
6412        </member>
6413        <member name="F:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSProjectDatabaseTask._password">
6414            <see cref="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSProjectDatabaseTask.Password"/>
6415        </member>
6416        <member name="F:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSProjectDatabaseTask._projectDatabase">
6417            <see cref="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSProjectDatabaseTask.ProjectDatabase"/>
6418        </member>
6419        <member name="F:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSProjectDatabaseTask._projectPath">
6420            <see cref="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSProjectDatabaseTask.ProjectPath"/>
6421        </member>
6422        <member name="F:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSProjectDatabaseTask._userId">
6423            <see cref="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSProjectDatabaseTask.UserId"/>
6424        </member>
6425        <member name="F:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSProjectDatabaseTask._workspace">
6426            <see cref="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSProjectDatabaseTask.Workspace"/>
6427        </member>
6428        <member name="F:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSProjectDatabaseTask._includeSubProjectsUsed">
6429            <summary>
6430            Set to <c>true</c> if the <see cref="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSProjectDatabaseTask.IncludeSubprojects"/> property is manipulated. Some tasks don't
6431            support this property and so an exception will be thrown if the property is used.
6432            </summary>
6433        </member>
6434        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSProjectDatabaseTask.AddCommandLineArguments(NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSCommandArgumentCollection)">
6435            <see cref="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSTask.AddCommandLineArguments(NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSCommandArgumentCollection)"/>
6436        </member>
6437        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSProjectDatabaseTask.IncludeSubprojects">
6438            <summary>
6439            Gets or sets a value indicating whether the operation should include subprojects.
6440            </summary>
6441            <remarks>
6442            <para>
6443            This is equivalent to the <c>-z</c> command-line option.
6444            </para>
6445            </remarks>
6446        </member>
6447        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSProjectDatabaseTask.SupportsIncludeSubprojects">
6448            <summary>
6449            Gets a value indicating whether the specific task implementation supports the <c>includesubprojects</c>
6450            task attribute. If not, an exception will be thrown if an attempt is made to set the attribute.
6451            </summary>
6452        </member>
6453        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSProjectDatabaseTask.Password">
6454            <summary>
6455            Gets or sets the password to use when connecting to the project database.
6456            </summary>
6457            <remarks>
6458            <para>
6459            This is equivalent to the password part of the <c>-id</c> command-line option.
6460            </para>
6461            </remarks>
6462        </member>
6463        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSProjectDatabaseTask.UserId">
6464            <summary>
6465            Gets or sets the user ID to use when connecting to the project database.
6466            </summary>
6467            <remarks>
6468            <para>
6469            This is equivalent to the user ID part of the <c>-id</c> command-line option.
6470            </para>
6471            </remarks>
6472        </member>
6473        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSProjectDatabaseTask.Workspace">
6474            <summary>
6475            Gets or sets the workspace to use when connecting to the project database.
6476            </summary>
6477            <remarks>
6478            <para>
6479            This is equivalent to the <c>-sp</c> command-line option.
6480            </para>
6481            </remarks>
6482        </member>
6483        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSProjectDatabaseTask.ProjectDatabase">
6484            <summary>
6485            Gets or sets the project database to utilize during the operation.
6486            </summary>
6487            <remarks>
6488            <para>
6489            This is equivalent to the <c>-pr</c> command-line option.
6490            </para>
6491            </remarks>
6492        </member>
6493        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSProjectDatabaseTask.ProjectPath">
6494            <summary>
6495            Gets or sets the project path to utilize during the operation.
6496            </summary>
6497            <remarks>
6498            <para>
6499            This is equivalent to the <c>-pp</c> command-line option.
6500            </para>
6501            </remarks>
6502        </member>
6503        <member name="F:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSMultipleEntityTask._entities">
6504            <see cref="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSMultipleEntityTask.Entities"/>
6505        </member>
6506        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSMultipleEntityTask.#ctor">
6507            <summary>
6508            Constructs and initializes an instance of <c>PVCSMultipleEntityTask</c>.
6509            </summary>
6510        </member>
6511        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSMultipleEntityTask.AddCommandLineArguments(NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSCommandArgumentCollection)">
6512            <see cref="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSTask.AddCommandLineArguments(NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSCommandArgumentCollection)"/>
6513        </member>
6514        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSMultipleEntityTask.Entities">
6515            <summary>
6516            Gets or sets the entities involved in the operation.
6517            </summary>
6518        </member>
6519        <member name="F:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSAddFilesTask._archiveDescription">
6520            <see cref="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSAddFilesTask.ArchiveDescription"/>
6521        </member>
6522        <member name="F:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSAddFilesTask._copyMode">
6523            <see cref="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSAddFilesTask.CopyMode"/>
6524        </member>
6525        <member name="F:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSAddFilesTask._deleteWorkfiles">
6526            <see cref="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSAddFilesTask.DeleteWorkfiles"/>
6527        </member>
6528        <member name="F:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSAddFilesTask._description">
6529            <see cref="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSAddFilesTask.Description"/>
6530        </member>
6531        <member name="F:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSAddFilesTask._lock">
6532            <see cref="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSAddFilesTask.Lock"/>
6533        </member>
6534        <member name="F:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSAddFilesTask._promotionGroup">
6535            <see cref="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSAddFilesTask.PromotionGroup"/>
6536        </member>
6537        <member name="F:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSAddFilesTask._suppressAddIfExists">
6538            <see cref="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSAddFilesTask.SuppressAddIfExists"/>
6539        </member>
6540        <member name="F:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSAddFilesTask._versionLabel">
6541            <see cref="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSAddFilesTask.VersionLabel"/>
6542        </member>
6543        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSAddFilesTask.#ctor">
6544            <summary>
6545            Constructs and initializes an instance of <c>PVCSAddFilesTask</c>.
6546            </summary>
6547        </member>
6548        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSAddFilesTask.AddCommandLineArguments(NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSCommandArgumentCollection)">
6549            <see cref="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSTask.AddCommandLineArguments(NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSCommandArgumentCollection)"/>
6550        </member>
6551        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSAddFilesTask.ArchiveDescription">
6552            <summary>
6553            Gets or sets the archive description for versioned files.
6554            </summary>
6555            <remarks>
6556            <para>
6557            This is equivalent to the <c>-t</c> parameter to the <c>pcli addfiles</c> command.
6558            </para>
6559            </remarks>
6560        </member>
6561        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSAddFilesTask.CopyMode">
6562            <summary>
6563            Gets or sets the copy mode for the operation.
6564            </summary>
6565        </member>
6566        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSAddFilesTask.DeleteWorkfiles">
6567            <summary>
6568            Gets or sets a value indicating whether workfiles will be deleted after adding them to PVCS.
6569            </summary>
6570            <remarks>
6571            <para>
6572            This is equivalent to the <c>-d</c> parameter to the <c>pcli addfiles</c> command.
6573            </para>
6574            </remarks>
6575        </member>
6576        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSAddFilesTask.Description">
6577            <summary>
6578            Gets or sets the description for versioned files.
6579            </summary>
6580            <remarks>
6581            <para>
6582            This is equivalent to the <c>-m</c> parameter to the <c>pcli addfiles</c> command.
6583            </para>
6584            </remarks>
6585        </member>
6586        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSAddFilesTask.Lock">
6587            <summary>
6588            Gets or sets a value indicating whether versioned files should be locked after being added to PVCS.
6589            </summary>
6590            <remarks>
6591            <para>
6592            This is equivalent to the <c>-l</c> parameter to the <c>pcli addfiles</c> command.
6593            </para>
6594            </remarks>
6595        </member>
6596        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSAddFilesTask.PromotionGroup">
6597            <summary>
6598            Gets or sets the promotion group to which added files will be assigned. Setting this attribute to an
6599            empty string indicates the versioned files will not be assigned to any promotion group.
6600            </summary>
6601            <remarks>
6602            <para>
6603            This is equivalent to the <c>-g</c> parameter to the <c>pcli addfiles</c> command.
6604            </para>
6605            </remarks>
6606        </member>
6607        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSAddFilesTask.SuppressAddIfExists">
6608            <summary>
6609            Gets or sets a value indicating whether workfiles shouldn't be added if they already exist in the PVCS
6610            repository.
6611            </summary>
6612            <remarks>
6613            <para>
6614            This is equivalent to the <c>-qw</c> parameter to the <c>pcli addfiles</c> command.
6615            </para>
6616            </remarks>
6617        </member>
6618        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSAddFilesTask.VersionLabel">
6619            <summary>
6620            Gets or sets the version label to assign to the added versioned files.
6621            </summary>
6622            <remarks>
6623            <para>
6624            This is equivalent to the <c>-v</c> parameter to the <c>pcli addfiles</c> command.
6625            </para>
6626            </remarks>
6627        </member>
6628        <member name="T:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSAddFilesTask.PVCSCopyMode">
6629            <summary>
6630            Specifies possible copy modes for the <see cref="T:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSAddFilesTask"/> task.
6631            </summary>
6632        </member>
6633        <member name="F:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSAddFilesTask.PVCSCopyMode.Default">
6634            <summary>
6635            Indicates the default copy mode should be used.
6636            </summary>
6637        </member>
6638        <member name="F:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSAddFilesTask.PVCSCopyMode.CopyWorkfileIfRequired">
6639            <summary>
6640            Indicates that workfiles should be copied to the project workfile location is it doesn't already exist.
6641            </summary>
6642        </member>
6643        <member name="F:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSAddFilesTask.PVCSCopyMode.CopyWorkfileWithOverwrite">
6644            <summary>
6645            Indicates that workfiles should be copied to the project workfile location and overwrite any existing
6646            workfile.
6647            </summary>
6648        </member>
6649        <member name="T:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSAddUserTask">
6650            <summary>
6651            Adds a user to a PVCS project or project database.
6652            </summary>
6653            <remarks>
6654            <para>
6655            This task uses the <c>adduser</c> PCLI command to add the user to the PVCS project or database.
6656            </para>
6657            </remarks>
6658            <example>
6659              <para>
6660              Adds a user with name <c>kb</c> and password <c>*Muse*</c> to the project database specified by the
6661              <c>project-database</c> property.
6662              </para>
6663              <code>
6664                <![CDATA[
6665            <pvcsadduser projectdatabase="${project-database}" username="kb" password="*Muse*"/>
6666                ]]>
6667              </code>
6668            </example>
6669            <example>
6670              <para>
6671              Adds a user with name <c>kb</c> and password <c>*Muse*</c> to the project database specified by the
6672              <c>project-database</c> property. The user's logon will expire on the 26th of October, 2005.
6673              </para>
6674              <code>
6675                <![CDATA[
6676            <pvcsadduser projectdatabase="${project-database}" username="kb" password="*Muse*" expirydate="10/26/2005"/>
6677                ]]>
6678              </code>
6679            </example>
6680        </member>
6681        <member name="F:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSAddUserTask._expiryDate">
6682            <see cref="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSAddUserTask.ExpiryDate"/>
6683        </member>
6684        <member name="F:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSAddUserTask._userPassword">
6685            <see cref="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSAddUserTask.UserPassword"/>
6686        </member>
6687        <member name="F:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSAddUserTask._userName">
6688            <see cref="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSAddUserTask.UserName"/>
6689        </member>
6690        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSAddUserTask.#ctor">
6691            <summary>
6692            Constructs and initializes an instance of <c>PVCSAddUserTask</c>.
6693            </summary>
6694        </member>
6695        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSAddUserTask.AddCommandLineArguments(NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSCommandArgumentCollection)">
6696            <see cref="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSTask.AddCommandLineArguments(NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSCommandArgumentCollection)"/>
6697        </member>
6698        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSAddUserTask.ExpiryDate">
6699            <summary>
6700            Gets or sets the expiration date for the new user.
6701            </summary>
6702            <remarks>
6703            <para>
6704            This is equivalent to the <c>-e</c> parameter to the <c>pcli adduser</c> command.
6705            </para>
6706            </remarks>
6707        </member>
6708        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSAddUserTask.UserPassword">
6709            <summary>
6710            Gets or sets the password for the new user.
6711            </summary>
6712        </member>
6713        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSAddUserTask.UserName">
6714            <summary>
6715            Gets or sets the user name for the new user.
6716            </summary>
6717        </member>
6718        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSAddUserTask.SupportsIncludeSubprojects">
6719            <see cref="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSProjectDatabaseTask.SupportsIncludeSubprojects"/>
6720        </member>
6721        <member name="T:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSAssignGroupTask">
6722            <summary>
6723            Assigns a promotion group to versioned files.
6724            </summary>
6725            <remarks>
6726            <para>
6727            This task uses the <c>assigngroup</c> PCLI command to assign the group to versioned files.
6728            </para>
6729            </remarks>
6730            <example>
6731              <para>
6732              Assigns the <c>SYSTEST</c> promotion group to all entities with the <c>DEV</c> promotion group in the
6733              <c>folder</c> project.
6734              </para>
6735              <code>
6736                <![CDATA[
6737            <pvcsassigngroup projectdatabase="${project-database}" entity="/folder" assignpromotiongroup="SYSTEST" promotiongroup="DEV"/>
6738                ]]>
6739              </code>
6740            </example>
6741            <example>
6742              <para>
6743              Assigns the <c>SYSTEST</c> promotion group to revision <c>1.2</c> of all entities.
6744              </para>
6745              <code>
6746                <![CDATA[
6747            <pvcsassigngroup projectdatabase="${project-database}" entity="/" includesubprojects="true" assignpromotiongroup="SYSTEST" revision="1.2"/>
6748                ]]>
6749              </code>
6750            </example>
6751        </member>
6752        <member name="T:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSSingleEntityTask">
6753            <summary>
6754            Base class for all PVCS project database tasks that operate against a single entity.
6755            </summary>
6756        </member>
6757        <member name="F:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSSingleEntityTask._entity">
6758            <see cref="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSSingleEntityTask.Entity"/>
6759        </member>
6760        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSSingleEntityTask.AddCommandLineArguments(NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSCommandArgumentCollection)">
6761            <see cref="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSTask.AddCommandLineArguments(NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSCommandArgumentCollection)"/>
6762        </member>
6763        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSSingleEntityTask.Entity">
6764            <summary>
6765            Gets or sets the entity involved in the operation.
6766            </summary>
6767        </member>
6768        <member name="F:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSAssignGroupTask._assignPromotionGroup">
6769            <see cref="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSAssignGroupTask.AssignPromotionGroup"/>
6770        </member>
6771        <member name="F:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSAssignGroupTask._promotionGroup">
6772            <see cref="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSAssignGroupTask.PromotionGroup"/>
6773        </member>
6774        <member name="F:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSAssignGroupTask._revision">
6775            <see cref="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSAssignGroupTask.Revision"/>
6776        </member>
6777        <member name="F:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSAssignGroupTask._versionLabel">
6778            <see cref="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSAssignGroupTask.VersionLabel"/>
6779        </member>
6780        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSAssignGroupTask.#ctor">
6781            <summary>
6782            Constructs and initializes an instance of <c>PVCSAssignGroupTask</c>.
6783            </summary>
6784        </member>
6785        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSAssignGroupTask.AddCommandLineArguments(NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSCommandArgumentCollection)">
6786            <see cref="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSTask.AddCommandLineArguments(NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSCommandArgumentCollection)"/>
6787        </member>
6788        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSAssignGroupTask.AssignPromotionGroup">
6789            <summary>
6790            Gets or sets the promotion group to assign to the versioned files.
6791            </summary>
6792            <remarks>
6793            <para>
6794            This is equivalent to the <c>-g</c> parameter to the <c>pcli assigngroup</c> command.
6795            </para>
6796            </remarks>
6797        </member>
6798        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSAssignGroupTask.PromotionGroup">
6799            <summary>
6800            Gets or sets the promotion group for the versioned files to be assigned the promotion group.
6801            </summary>
6802            <remarks>
6803            <para>
6804            This is equivalent to the <c>-r</c> parameter to the <c>pcli assigngroup</c> command.
6805            </para>
6806            </remarks>
6807        </member>
6808        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSAssignGroupTask.Revision">
6809            <summary>
6810            Gets or sets the revision for the versioned files to be assigned the promotion group.
6811            </summary>
6812            <remarks>
6813            <para>
6814            This is equivalent to the <c>-r</c> parameter to the <c>pcli assigngroup</c> command.
6815            </para>
6816            <para>
6817            If this property has not yet been set, it will return <c>Double.MaxValue</c>.
6818            </para>
6819            </remarks>
6820        </member>
6821        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSAssignGroupTask.VersionLabel">
6822            <summary>
6823            Gets or sets the version label for the versioned files to be assigned the promotion group.
6824            </summary>
6825            <remarks>
6826            <para>
6827            This is equivalent to the <c>-r</c> parameter to the <c>pcli assigngroup</c> command.
6828            </para>
6829            </remarks>
6830        </member>
6831        <member name="T:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSChangeGroupTask">
6832            <summary>
6833            Changes the promotion group for specified versioned files.
6834            </summary>
6835            <remarks>
6836            <para>
6837            This task uses the <c>changegroup</c> PCLI command to change the group for versioned files.
6838            </para>
6839            </remarks>
6840            <example>
6841              <para>
6842              Changes the promotion group for <c>file.txt</c> from <c>SYSTEST</c> to <c>DEV</c>.
6843              </para>
6844              <code>
6845                <![CDATA[
6846            <pvcschangegroup projectdatabase="${project-database}" from="SYSTEST" to="DEV" entity="/file.txt"/>
6847                ]]>
6848              </code>
6849            </example>
6850            <example>
6851              <para>
6852              Changes the promotion group for all files from <c>DEV</c> to <c>PROD</c>.
6853              </para>
6854              <code>
6855                <![CDATA[
6856            <pvcschangegroup projectdatabase="${project-database}" from="DEV" to="PROD" entity="/" includesubprojects="true"/>
6857                ]]>
6858              </code>
6859            </example>
6860        </member>
6861        <member name="F:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSChangeGroupTask._from">
6862            <see cref="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSChangeGroupTask.From"/>
6863        </member>
6864        <member name="F:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSChangeGroupTask._to">
6865            <see cref="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSChangeGroupTask.To"/>
6866        </member>
6867        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSChangeGroupTask.AddCommandLineArguments(NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSCommandArgumentCollection)">
6868            <see cref="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSTask.AddCommandLineArguments(NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSCommandArgumentCollection)"/>
6869        </member>
6870        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSChangeGroupTask.From">
6871            <summary>
6872            Gets or sets the promotion group to change from.
6873            </summary>
6874            <remarks>
6875            <para>
6876            This is equivalent to the <c>-gf</c> parameter to the <c>pcli changegroup</c> command.
6877            </para>
6878            </remarks>
6879        </member>
6880        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSChangeGroupTask.To">
6881            <summary>
6882            Gets or sets the promotion group to change to.
6883            </summary>
6884            <remarks>
6885            <para>
6886            This is equivalent to the <c>-gt</c> parameter to the <c>pcli changegroup</c> command.
6887            </para>
6888            </remarks>
6889        </member>
6890        <member name="T:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSCommandArgument">
6891            <summary>
6892            Encapsulates the details of a PVCS command argument.
6893            </summary>
6894            <remarks>
6895            <para>
6896            PVCS tasks must "fill in" a collection of arguments to be passed to the PVCS command line interface (PCLI).
6897            This class represents one such argument.
6898            </para>
6899            <para>
6900            Each argument consists of a command and an optional command value. The command is always passed to the PVCS
6901            command line utility and is therefore required. An example of a command is "-g" which is passed to many
6902            PVCS command line utilities to specify a promotion group.
6903            </para>
6904            <para>
6905            The command value is used to specify extra information to the command. For example, if the command is "-g"
6906            then the command value would be the name of the promotion group.
6907            </para>
6908            <para>
6909            The command can be assigned a position (see the <see cref="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSCommandArgument.Position"/> property). This position defines
6910            where the command appears relative to other commands. For example, some commands must appear after other
6911            commands. Therefore, they should be assigned a position of <see cref="F:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSCommandArgumentPosition.Start"/>.
6912            </para>
6913            </remarks>
6914        </member>
6915        <member name="F:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSCommandArgument._command">
6916            <see cref="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSCommandArgument.Command"/>
6917        </member>
6918        <member name="F:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSCommandArgument._commandValue">
6919            <see cref="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSCommandArgument.CommandValue"/>
6920        </member>
6921        <member name="F:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSCommandArgument._position">
6922            <see cref="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSCommandArgument.Position"/>
6923        </member>
6924        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSCommandArgument.#ctor(System.String)">
6925            <summary>
6926            Constructs an instance of <c>PVCSCommandArgument</c> with the specified information. No value is
6927            applied and the argument has a position of <see cref="F:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSCommandArgumentPosition.Middle"/>.
6928            </summary>
6929            <param name="command">The command string.</param>
6930        </member>
6931        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSCommandArgument.#ctor(System.String,System.Object)">
6932            <summary>
6933            Constructs an instance of <c>PVCSCommandArgument</c> with the specified information. The argument has
6934            a position of <see cref="F:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSCommandArgumentPosition.Middle"/>.
6935            </summary>
6936            <param name="command">The command string.</param>
6937            <param name="commandValue">The value for the command, or <c>null</c> if no value applies.</param>
6938        </member>
6939        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSCommandArgument.#ctor(System.String,System.Object,NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSCommandArgumentPosition)">
6940            <summary>
6941            Constructs an instance of <c>PVCSCommandArgument</c> with the specified information.
6942            </summary>
6943            <param name="command">The command string.</param>
6944            <param name="commandValue">The value for the command, or <c>null</c> if no value applies.</param>
6945            <param name="position">The position for the command.</param>
6946        </member>
6947        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSCommandArgument.CompareTo(System.Object)">
6948            <summary>
6949            Compares two PVCS command arguments based on their position.
6950            </summary>
6951            <param name="o">The PVCS command argument to compare to <c>this</c>.</param>
6952            <returns>
6953            Less than zero if this instance is less than <paramref name="o"/>.
6954            Zero if this instance is equal to <paramref name="o"/>.
6955            Greater than zero if this instance is greater than <paramref name="o"/>.
6956            </returns>
6957        </member>
6958        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSCommandArgument.ToString">
6959            <summary>
6960            Converts this command argument to its <c>string</c> representation.
6961            </summary>
6962            <returns>The <c>string</c> representation of this command argument.</returns>
6963        </member>
6964        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSCommandArgument.EscapeStringCommandArgument(System.String)">
6965            <summary>
6966            Escapes a <c>string</c> command line argument.
6967            </summary>
6968            <remarks>
6969            <para>
6970            This method attempts to deal with the mess of keeping both PCLI and the shell happy with string
6971            arguments. It's not perfect yet (try an argument with several backslashes before a double quote). It
6972            would be nice to have a regex to handle this but I wouldn't even bother until this logic is spot on.
6973            </para>
6974            </remarks>
6975            <param name="argument">The string argument to escape.</param>
6976            <returns>The escaped string argument.</returns>
6977        </member>
6978        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSCommandArgument.Command">
6979            <summary>
6980            Gets a <c>string</c> that contains the command to pass to PVCS.
6981            </summary>
6982        </member>
6983        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSCommandArgument.CommandValue">
6984            <summary>
6985            Gets the value to append to <see cref="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSCommandArgument.Command"/>.
6986            </summary>
6987            <remarks>
6988            <para>
6989            If this property is <c>null</c>, no value will be appended to the command.
6990            </para>
6991            </remarks>
6992        </member>
6993        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSCommandArgument.Position">
6994            <summary>
6995            Gets the position for the command.
6996            </summary>
6997        </member>
6998        <member name="T:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSCommandArgumentCollection">
6999            <summary>
7000            Implements a type-safe collection of <see cref="T:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSCommandArgument"/>s.
7001            </summary>
7002        </member>
7003        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSCommandArgumentCollection.Add(NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSCommandArgument)">
7004            <see cref="M:System.Collections.IList.Add(System.Object)"/>
7005        </member>
7006        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSCommandArgumentCollection.Add(System.String)">
7007            <summary>
7008            Adds a new command argument to this collection with the specified information.
7009            </summary>
7010            <param name="command">The command string for the new command.</param>
7011        </member>
7012        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSCommandArgumentCollection.Add(System.String,System.Object)">
7013            <summary>
7014            Adds a new command argument to this collection with the specified information.
7015            </summary>
7016            <param name="command">The command string for the new command.</param>
7017            <param name="commandValue">
7018            The command value for the new command, or <c>null</c> if no value applies.
7019            </param>
7020        </member>
7021        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSCommandArgumentCollection.Add(System.String,System.Object,NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSCommandArgumentPosition)">
7022            <summary>
7023            Adds a new command argument to this collection with the specified information.
7024            </summary>
7025            <param name="command">The command string for the new command.</param>
7026            <param name="commandValue">
7027            The command value for the new command, or <c>null</c> if no value applies.
7028            </param>
7029            <param name="position">The position for the new command.</param>
7030        </member>
7031        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSCommandArgumentCollection.AddRange(System.Collections.ICollection)">
7032            <summary>
7033            Adds all specified command arguments to this collection.
7034            </summary>
7035            <param name="commandArguments">The collection of command arguments to add.</param>
7036        </member>
7037        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSCommandArgumentCollection.IndexOf(NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSCommandArgument)">
7038            <see cref="M:System.Collections.IList.IndexOf(System.Object)"/>
7039        </member>
7040        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSCommandArgumentCollection.Insert(System.Int32,NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSCommandArgument)">
7041            <see cref="M:System.Collections.IList.Insert(System.Int32,System.Object)"/>
7042        </member>
7043        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSCommandArgumentCollection.Remove(NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSCommandArgument)">
7044            <see cref="M:System.Collections.IList.Remove(System.Object)"/>
7045        </member>
7046        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSCommandArgumentCollection.Contains(NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSCommandArgument)">
7047            <see cref="M:System.Collections.IList.Contains(System.Object)"/>
7048        </member>
7049        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSCommandArgumentCollection.ToArray">
7050            <summary>
7051            Retrieves an array of <see cref="T:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSCommandArgument"/> objects in this collection.
7052            </summary>
7053            <returns>An array of command arguments in this collection.</returns>
7054        </member>
7055        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSCommandArgumentCollection.OnInsert(System.Int32,System.Object)">
7056            <see cref="M:System.Collections.CollectionBase.OnInsert(System.Int32,System.Object)"/>
7057        </member>
7058        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSCommandArgumentCollection.OnSet(System.Int32,System.Object,System.Object)">
7059            <see cref="M:System.Collections.CollectionBase.OnSet(System.Int32,System.Object,System.Object)"/>
7060        </member>
7061        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSCommandArgumentCollection.OnValidate(System.Object)">
7062            <see cref="M:System.Collections.CollectionBase.OnValidate(System.Object)"/>
7063        </member>
7064        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSCommandArgumentCollection.Item(System.Int32)">
7065            <summary>
7066            Allows the <see cref="T:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSCommandArgument"/> objects in the collection to be manipulated.
7067            </summary>
7068        </member>
7069        <member name="T:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSCommandArgumentPosition">
7070            <summary>
7071            Defines possible values for specifying positions for PCLI command arguments and arguments to PCLI itself.
7072            </summary>
7073            <remarks>
7074            <para>
7075            Members of this enumeration are used to specify relative positions of PCLI command arguments. All arguments
7076            given a position of <see cref="F:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSCommandArgumentPosition.End"/> will appear after arguments with a position of <see cref="F:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSCommandArgumentPosition.Middle"/>
7077            or <see cref="F:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSCommandArgumentPosition.Start"/>. Similarly, arguments with a position of <see cref="F:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSCommandArgumentPosition.Middle"/> will appear after
7078            those with a position of <see cref="F:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSCommandArgumentPosition.Start"/> but before those with a position of <see cref="F:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSCommandArgumentPosition.End"/>.
7079            </para>
7080            <para>
7081            No order is guaranteed for arguments with the same position. That is, if two arguments have a position of
7082            <see cref="F:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSCommandArgumentPosition.Start"/>, it is not possible to specify which one is output to the command line first.
7083            </para>
7084            <para>
7085            The <see cref="F:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSCommandArgumentPosition.BeforePCLICommand"/> member is special in that it ensures the argument will appear before
7086            the PCLI command name. This is useful when the argument is to PCLI itself, not the PCLI command.
7087            </para>
7088            </remarks>
7089        </member>
7090        <member name="F:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSCommandArgumentPosition.BeforePCLICommand">
7091            <summary>
7092            Arguments that should appear before the PCLI command argument. This is useful for arguments to PCLI
7093            itself (as opposed to the PCLI command).
7094            </summary>
7095        </member>
7096        <member name="F:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSCommandArgumentPosition.Start">
7097            <summary>
7098            PCLI command arguments that should appear before other PCLI command arguments.
7099            </summary>
7100        </member>
7101        <member name="F:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSCommandArgumentPosition.Middle">
7102            <summary>
7103            PCLI command arguments that should appear before other arguments with a position of <see cref="F:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSCommandArgumentPosition.End"/>
7104            but after other arguments with a position of <see cref="F:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSCommandArgumentPosition.Start"/>.
7105            </summary>
7106        </member>
7107        <member name="F:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSCommandArgumentPosition.End">
7108            <summary>
7109            PCLI command arguments that should appear after other PCLI command arguments.
7110            </summary>
7111        </member>
7112        <member name="T:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSCreateProjectTask">
7113            <summary>
7114            Creates a project in a PVCS repository.
7115            </summary>
7116            <remarks>
7117            <para>
7118            This task uses the <c>createproject</c> PCLI command to create the project in the PVCS repository.
7119            </para>
7120            </remarks>
7121            <example>
7122              <para>
7123              Creates a project called <c>Songs</c> in the project database specified by the <c>project-database</c>
7124              property. The workfile location for the project is set to <c>C:\Work\Songs</c>.
7125              </para>
7126              <code>
7127                <![CDATA[
7128            <pvcscreateproject projectdatabase="${project-database}" workfilelocation="C:\Work\Songs" entity="/Songs"/>
7129                ]]>
7130              </code>
7131            </example>
7132        </member>
7133        <member name="F:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSCreateProjectTask._workfileLocation">
7134            <see cref="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSCreateProjectTask.WorkfileLocation"/>
7135        </member>
7136        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSCreateProjectTask.AddCommandLineArguments(NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSCommandArgumentCollection)">
7137            <see cref="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSTask.AddCommandLineArguments(NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSCommandArgumentCollection)"/>
7138        </member>
7139        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSCreateProjectTask.WorkfileLocation">
7140            <summary>
7141            Gets or sets the workfile location for the created project.
7142            </summary>
7143            <remarks>
7144            <para>
7145            This is equivalent to the <c>-w</c> parameter to the <c>pcli createproject</c> command.
7146            </para>
7147            </remarks>
7148        </member>
7149        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSCreateProjectTask.SupportsIncludeSubprojects">
7150            <see cref="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSProjectDatabaseTask.SupportsIncludeSubprojects"/>
7151        </member>
7152        <member name="T:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSDeleteGroupTask">
7153            <summary>
7154            Removes a specified promotion group from versioned files.
7155            </summary>
7156            <remarks>
7157            <para>
7158            This task uses the <c>deletegroup</c> PCLI command to remove the promotion group from the versioned files.
7159            </para>
7160            </remarks>
7161            <example>
7162              <para>
7163              Removes the <c>DEV</c> promotion group from <c>App.ico</c> in the project database specified by the
7164              <c>project-database</c> property.
7165              </para>
7166              <code>
7167                <![CDATA[
7168            <pvcsdeletegroup projectdatabase="${project-database}" promotiongroup="DEV" entity="/App.ico"/>
7169                ]]>
7170              </code>
7171            </example>
7172            <example>
7173              <para>
7174              Removes the <c>DEV</c> promotion group all files in the project database specified by the
7175              <c>project-database</c> property.
7176              </para>
7177              <code>
7178                <![CDATA[
7179            <pvcsdeletegroup projectdatabase="${project-database}" promotiongroup="DEV" entity="/" includesubprojects="true"/>
7180                ]]>
7181              </code>
7182            </example>
7183        </member>
7184        <member name="F:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSDeleteGroupTask._promotionGroup">
7185            <see cref="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSDeleteGroupTask.PromotionGroup"/>
7186        </member>
7187        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSDeleteGroupTask.AddCommandLineArguments(NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSCommandArgumentCollection)">
7188            <see cref="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSTask.AddCommandLineArguments(NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSCommandArgumentCollection)"/>
7189        </member>
7190        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSDeleteGroupTask.PromotionGroup">
7191            <summary>
7192            Gets or sets the promotion group to delete.
7193            </summary>
7194            <remarks>
7195            <para>
7196            This is equivalent to the <c>-g</c> parameter to the <c>pcli deletegroup</c> command.
7197            </para>
7198            </remarks>
7199        </member>
7200        <member name="T:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSDeleteLabelTask">
7201            <summary>
7202            Removes a label from specified versioned files or projects.
7203            </summary>
7204            <remarks>
7205            <para>
7206            This task uses the <c>deletelabel</c> PCLI command to remove the version label from the versioned files.
7207            </para>
7208            </remarks>
7209            <example>
7210              <para>
7211              Removes the label called <c>My Label</c> from the versioned file called <c>App.ico</c> from the project
7212              database specified by the <c>project-database</c> property.
7213              </para>
7214              <code>
7215                <![CDATA[
7216            <pvcsdeletelabel projectdatabase="${project-database}" versionlabel="My Label">
7217                <entities>
7218                    <entity name="/App.ico"/>
7219                </entities>
7220            </pvcsdeletelabel>
7221                ]]>
7222              </code>
7223            </example>
7224            <example>
7225              <para>
7226              Removes the label called <c>My Label</c> from all files at and below both <c>folder1</c> and <c>folder2</c>
7227              in the project database specified by the <c>project-database</c> property.
7228              </para>
7229              <code>
7230                <![CDATA[
7231            <pvcsdeletelabel projectdatabase="${project-database}" versionlabel="My Label" includesubprojects="true">
7232                <entities>
7233                    <entity name="/folder1"/>
7234                    <entity name="/folder2"/>
7235                </entities>
7236            </pvcsdeletelabel>
7237                ]]>
7238              </code>
7239            </example>
7240        </member>
7241        <member name="F:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSDeleteLabelTask._versionLabel">
7242            <see cref="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSDeleteLabelTask.VersionLabel"/>
7243        </member>
7244        <member name="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSDeleteLabelTask.AddCommandLineArguments(NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSCommandArgumentCollection)">
7245            <see cref="M:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSTask.AddCommandLineArguments(NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSCommandArgumentCollection)"/>
7246        </member>
7247        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSDeleteLabelTask.VersionLabel">
7248            <summary>
7249            Gets or sets the version label to remove.
7250            </summary>
7251            <remarks>
7252            <para>
7253            This is equivalent to the <c>-v</c> parameter to the <c>pcli deletelabel</c> command.
7254            </para>
7255            </remarks>
7256        </member>
7257        <member name="T:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSDeleteTask">
7258            <summary>
7259            Deletes folder, projects, versioned items and workspaces in a PVCS repository.
7260            </summary>
7261            <remarks>
7262            <para>
7263            This task uses the <c>delete</c> PCLI command to delete the items.
7264            </para>
7265            </remarks>
7266            <example>
7267            <para>
7268              Deletes the versioned file called <c>App.ico</c> from the project database specified by the
7269              <c>project-database</c> property.
7270              </para>
7271              <code>
7272                <![CDATA[
7273            <pvcsdelete projectdatabase="${project-database}">
7274                <entities>
7275                    <entity name="/App.ico"/>
7276                </entities>
7277            </pvcsdelete>
7278                ]]>
7279              </code>
7280            </example>
7281            <example>
7282              <para>
7283              Deletes the files called <c>file1.txt</c> and <c>file2.txt</c> from the project called <c>folder</c> in the
7284              project database specified by the <c>project-database</c> property.
7285              </para>
7286              <code>
7287                <![CDATA[
7288            <pvcsdelete projectdatabase="${project-database}" projectpath="/folder">
7289                <entities>
7290                    <entity name="file1.txt"/>
7291                    <entity name="file2.txt"/>
7292                </entities>
7293            </pvcsdelete>
7294                ]]>
7295              </code>
7296            </example>
7297        </member>
7298        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSDeleteTask.SupportsIncludeSubprojects">
7299            <see cref="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSProjectDatabaseTask.SupportsIncludeSubprojects"/>
7300        </member>
7301        <member name="T:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSDeleteUsersTask">
7302            <summary>
7303            Deletes the specified users from the PVCS access control database.
7304            </summary>
7305            <remarks>
7306            <para>
7307            This task uses the <c>deleteuser</c> PCLI command to delete the users.
7308            </para>
7309            </remarks>
7310            <example>
7311              <para>
7312              Deletes the users called <c>kb</c>, <c>kv</c> and <c>tb</c> from the project database specified by the
7313              <c>project-database</c> property.
7314              </para>
7315              <code>
7316                <![CDATA[
7317            <pvcsdeleteusers projectdatabase="${project-database}">
7318                <entities>
7319                    <entity name="kb"/>
7320                    <entity name="kv"/>
7321                    <entity name="tb"/>
7322                </entities>
7323            </pvcsdeleteusers>
7324                ]]>
7325              </code>
7326            </example>
7327        </member>
7328        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSDeleteUsersTask.SupportsIncludeSubprojects">
7329            <see cref="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSProjectDatabaseTask.SupportsIncludeSubprojects"/>
7330        </member>
7331        <member name="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSDeleteUsersTask.PCLICommandName">
7332            <see cref="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSTask.PCLICommandName"/>
7333        </member>
7334        <member name="T:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSGetTask">
7335            <summary>
7336            Gets files from a PVCS repository.
7337            </summary>
7338            <remarks>
7339            <para>
7340            This task uses the <c>get</c> PCLI command to get the versioned files from PVCS.
7341            </para>
7342            </remarks>
7343            <example>
7344              <para>
7345              Gets the versioned file called <c>App.ico</c> from the project database specified by the
7346              <c>project-database</c> property.
7347              </para>
7348              <code>
7349                <![CDATA[
7350            <pvcsget projectdatabase="${project-database}">
7351                <entities>
7352                    <entity name="/App.ico"/>
7353                </entities>
7354            </pvcsget>
7355                ]]>
7356              </code>
7357            </example>
7358            <example>
7359            <para>
7360            Gets the versioned file called <c>App.ico</c> from the project database specified by the
7361            <c>project-database</c> property. The file is also locked.
7362            </para>
7363            <code>
7364            <![CDATA[
7365            <pvcsget projectdatabase="${project-database}" lock="true">
7366                <entities>
7367                    <entity name="/App.ico"/>
7368                </entities>
7369            </pvcsget>
7370                ]]>
7371              </code>
7372            </example>
7373            <example>
7374              <para>
7375              Gets all revisions assigned the <c>SYSTEST</c> promotion group from the project database specified by the
7376              <c>project-database</c> property. The workfiles are touched after the get operation.
7377              </para>
7378              <code>
7379                <![CDATA[
7380            <pvcsget projectdatabase="${project-database}" includesubprojects="true" promotiongroup="SYSTEST" touch="true">
7381                <entities>
7382                    <entity name="/"/>
7383                </entities>
7384            </pvcsget>
7385                ]]>
7386              </code>
7387            </example>
7388        </member>
7389        <member name="F:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSGetTask._baseProjectPath">
7390            <see cref="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSGetTask.BaseProjectPath"/>
7391        </member>
7392        <member name="F:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSGetTask._location">
7393            <see cref="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSGetTask.Location"/>
7394        </member>
7395        <member name="F:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSGetTask._lock">
7396            <see cref="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSGetTask.Lock"/>
7397        </member>
7398        <member name="F:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSGetTask._makeWritable">
7399            <see cref="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSGetTask.MakeWritable"/>
7400        </member>
7401        <member name="F:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSGetTask._maxDateTime">
7402            <see cref="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSGetTask.MaxDateTime"/>
7403        </member>
7404        <member name="F:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSGetTask._overrideWorkfileLocation">
7405            <see cref="P:NAnt.Contrib.Tasks.PVCS.PVCSGetTask.OverrideWorkfileLocation"/>